WO2016203888A1 - Pattern forming method and electronic device production method - Google Patents

Pattern forming method and electronic device production method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016203888A1
WO2016203888A1 PCT/JP2016/064620 JP2016064620W WO2016203888A1 WO 2016203888 A1 WO2016203888 A1 WO 2016203888A1 JP 2016064620 W JP2016064620 W JP 2016064620W WO 2016203888 A1 WO2016203888 A1 WO 2016203888A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
film
pattern
resin
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/064620
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
創 古谷
三千紘 白川
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2016203888A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016203888A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and a lithography process for other photo applications, and an electronic device including the pattern forming method. It relates to the manufacturing method.
  • Patent Document 1 proposes a double development technique using a positive developer and a negative developer as a method for stably forming a high-precision fine pattern. More specifically, by utilizing the fact that the polarity of the resin in the resist composition by exposure is high in regions where light intensity is high and low in regions where light intensity is low, a specific resist is used. By dissolving the high exposure area of the film in a developer containing water and dissolving the low exposure area in a developer containing an organic solvent, the intermediate exposure area remains undissolved and removed by development. A line and space pattern having a half pitch is formed.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern having a small LWR and an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method.
  • the present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by performing a specific process on the formed pattern, and have completed the present invention.
  • the film is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern, or after developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a developer containing water is added.
  • the step 4 is a step of performing a plasma treatment on the pattern with a plasma generated from a processing gas containing hydrogen.
  • the processing gas further includes argon.
  • the resin includes a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and the content of the repeating unit is 35 mol% or more based on all the repeating units of the resin.
  • the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4] above.
  • the pattern formation method as described.
  • a method for manufacturing an electronic device comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [6].
  • a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern with a small LWR and a method of manufacturing an electronic device including the pattern forming method.
  • the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification is not limited to exposure to far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light and the like represented by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also electron beams, ion beams, and the like, unless otherwise specified.
  • the exposure with the particle beam is also included in the exposure.
  • “to” is used in the sense of including the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes at least the following four steps.
  • Step of forming a film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least a resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group (2) Exposing the film (3) developing the exposed film to form a pattern (4) applying plasma treatment to the pattern
  • the step (3) includes developing with water The weight of the resin used in the step (1), in which one of the step A and the step B using the developer containing the organic solvent is performed, and then the other step is performed.
  • the average molecular weight is 5000 or more.
  • a pattern (resist pattern) having a small LWR Line Width Roughness
  • the resin in the resist pattern is agglomerated by subjecting the resist pattern formed by development in step (3) to plasma treatment in step (4).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is 5, By being as large as 000 or more, the resin is more likely to aggregate, and as a result, the sidewall of the resist pattern becomes smooth by plasma treatment, and LWR is considered to be small.
  • LWR Line Width Roughness
  • Step (1) is a step of forming a film (hereinafter also referred to as “resist film”) on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • resist film a film
  • the material used at this process is explained in full detail, and the procedure of the subsequent process (1) is explained in full detail.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter referred to as “composition” or “resist” containing a resin (A) having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. Also referred to as “film-forming composition”).
  • composition or “resist” containing a resin (A) having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
  • film-forming composition also referred to as “film-forming composition”.
  • Resin (A) having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “resin (A)”)
  • Resin (A) having a group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to generate a polar group is decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a polar group in the main chain or side chain of the resin or both of the main chain and the side chain.
  • a resin having a group hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”
  • acid-decomposable resin hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable resin” or “resin (A)”.
  • the resin (A) is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group that decomposes and leaves under the action of an acid.
  • the polar group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that is hardly soluble or insoluble in a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • Methylan Group dissociates in onium hydroxide aqueous solution), or alcoholic hydroxyl group.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and means a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group).
  • An aliphatic alcohol substituted with a functional group for example, a fluorinated alcohol group (such as a hexafluoroisopropanol group)) is excluded.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferable polar groups include a carboxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol group), and a sulfonic acid group, and a carboxyl group is more preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • a preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid. Examples of the group capable of leaving with an acid include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl Group, octyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms
  • the polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI).
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) generates a carboxyl group as a polar group by the action of an acid.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • T is preferably a divalent linking group in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the divalent linking group is preferably a —COO—Rt— group.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and is a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. And those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as t-butyl group are preferred.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group Are preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring and cyclohexyl ring, norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, adamantane ring
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
  • a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable (for example, More preferably, it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), more preferably a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom, and particularly preferably a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. .
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other.
  • p represents 0 or a positive integer.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
  • One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • a preferable combination is a combination whose structure is exemplified after paragraph ⁇ 0121> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0009522 (Note that US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0009 / No. 0009522 is incorporated herein).
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) is based on the total repeating units of the resin (A), For example, it is 20 mol% or more, and from the reason that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferably 35 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more. Although an upper limit is not specifically limited, For example, it is 80 mol% or less, 70 mol% or less is preferable and 65 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • Such a resin (A) may further have a structure such as a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, a cyclic sulfone structure, and a cyclic ether structure.
  • the lactone structure and sultone structure will be described later.
  • the cyclic ketone structure means a cyclic ketone structure excluding a lactone structure, and examples thereof include cyclobutanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, and cyclooctanone.
  • the cyclic sulfone structure means a cyclic sulfone structure excluding a sultone structure, and examples thereof include sulfolane.
  • the cyclic ether structure means a cyclic ether structure excluding a lactone structure, and examples thereof include a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 6 carbon atoms in the cyclic portion. Specific examples thereof include an oxirane ring, an oxetane ring, Dioxetane rings such as 1,3-dioxetane ring; Dioxolane rings such as tetrahydrofuran ring and 1,3-dioxolane ring; Dioxane rings such as tetrahydropyran ring, 1,3-dioxane ring and 1,4-dioxane ring; Oxepan ring, 1 And dioxepane rings such as 1,3-dioxepane ring and 1,4-dioxepane ring.
  • the resin (A) preferably has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, and a cyclic sulfone structure, and a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, and More preferably, it contains a repeating unit having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of cyclic sulfone structures. Thereby, the effect of this invention is more excellent.
  • Any lactone structure or sultone structure can be used as long as it has a lactone structure or sultone structure, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable.
  • Other ring structures are condensed in a form that forms a bicyclo structure or spiro structure in a membered lactone structure, or other rings that form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure Those having a condensed ring structure are more preferable.
  • Preferred lactone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (LC1-17), especially A preferred lactone structure is (LC1-4).
  • the lactone structure part or sultone structure part may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used.
  • One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
  • the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
  • A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
  • R 0 independently represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination of two or more of them when there are a plurality of R 0 .
  • Z is independently a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urethane bond when there are a plurality of Zs.
  • each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, —R 0 —Z— does not exist and becomes a single bond.
  • the preferred chain alkylene group for R 0 is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
  • a preferred cycloalkylene group is a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a norbornylene group, and an adamantylene group.
  • a chain alkylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is particularly preferable.
  • Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group for R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • Alkylene group R 0, the alkyl group in a cycloalkylene group and R 7, may be respectively substituted, the substituent, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom), a mercapto Group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, acyloxy group and the like.
  • a halogen atom e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom
  • a mercapto Group hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, acyloxy group and the like.
  • the monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by R 8 is not limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). And a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by any one of (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), and a structure represented by (LC1-4) is particularly preferable. Further, n 2 in (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) is more preferably 2 or less.
  • R 8 is preferably a monovalent organic group having an unsubstituted lactone structure or sultone structure, or a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or sultone structure having a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent.
  • a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure (cyanolactone) having a cyano group as a substituent is more preferable.
  • repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
  • the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, and preferably has no acid-decomposable group.
  • the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably different from the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (that is, it is a stable repeating unit with respect to an acid). preferable).
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably an adamantyl group, a diamantyl group, or a norbornane group. More preferred examples include repeating units represented by any of the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc).
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • Ab represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Ab include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination of two or more thereof.
  • the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
  • Ab is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Rp represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • the plurality of Rp may be the same or different, but at least one of the plurality of Rp represents a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, but when the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group,
  • the content of the repeating unit having a cyano group is preferably 1 to 40 mol%, more preferably 3 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) may contain two or more types of repeating units having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group having different structures.
  • repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the resin (A) in the present invention may further have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the above acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. .
  • a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the above acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability.
  • a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
  • R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group.
  • Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • a monocyclic hydrocarbon group a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group are preferable.
  • the polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.)
  • Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [ 4.4.0.1 2,5 .
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene.
  • a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
  • Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done. Moreover, you may have hetero atoms, such as an oxygen atom.
  • the resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • resin (A) may contain the repeating unit which has two or more types of alicyclic hydrocarbon structures which do not have a polar group, and which does not show acid-decomposability
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (A) used in the composition is a general component of dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition in addition to the above repeating structural units. It is possible to have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, and the like, which are necessary characteristics.
  • repeating structural units include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to the following monomers.
  • a monomer for example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. Etc.
  • any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
  • the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the dry etching resistance of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, suitability for a standard developer, It is suitably set to adjust the substrate adhesion, resist profile, and further the resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are general required performances of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the form of the resin (A) may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
  • Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
  • the resin (A) When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is for ArF exposure, the resin (A) has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically, In the resin, the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, it preferably has no aromatic group).
  • the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • the resin (A) is a fluorine atom and a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of compatibility with the hydrophobic resin (D).
  • the proportion of repeating units containing fluorine atoms or silicon atoms in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%) It is preferable.
  • the resin (A) used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably one in which all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate repeating units.
  • all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
  • the resin (A) is further fragrant.
  • a repeating unit containing a ring structure for example, a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit. More preferably, it has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected with an acid-decomposable group, and an acid-decomposable repeating unit such as a (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester.
  • repeating unit having a preferable acid-decomposable group based on hydroxystyrene examples include, for example, a repeating unit of t-butoxycarbonyloxystyrene, 1-alkoxyethoxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester, and the like. More preferred are repeating units of 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate and dialkyl (1-adamantyl) methyl (meth) acrylate.
  • resin having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring structure examples include, for example, resins described in paragraphs ⁇ 0104> to ⁇ 0108> of JP-A-2014-232310.
  • the resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) in the present invention is 5,000 or more as described above, and is preferably 7,000 or more, more preferably 12,000 or more because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. More preferably, 17,000 or more is even more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of resin (A) is not specifically limited, For example, it is 200,000 or less, 100,000 or less are preferable and 50,000 or less are more preferable.
  • the dispersity which is the ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn), is usually 1.0 to 3.0, for example, preferably 1.0 to Those having a range of 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, particularly preferably 1.4 to 2.0 are used.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are converted to polystyrene using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a developing solvent. Value. More specifically, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are measured using GPC under the following conditions.
  • the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the whole composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content.
  • the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
  • Compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation is usually a compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator” “compound (B ) ”)).
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the compound (B) may be contained in the resin (A) described above.
  • the compound (B) may be linked to the resin (A) via a chemical bond.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Moreover, you may use together the form incorporated in a part of polymer and the form of a low molecular compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in a form incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above, and is acid-decomposable. It may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
  • photo-initiator of photocation polymerization photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc.
  • the known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
  • examples of the acid generator include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
  • Preferred compounds among the acid generators include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII), and (ZIII).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, two members out of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group). Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion.
  • non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ examples include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfonylimide anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion.
  • a non-nucleophilic anion is an anion having a remarkably low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction, and an anion capable of suppressing degradation with time due to an intramolecular nucleophilic reaction. Thereby, the temporal stability of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is improved.
  • Examples of the sulfonate anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, and a camphor sulfonate anion.
  • Examples of the carboxylate anion include an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, and an aralkylcarboxylate anion.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl , Undecyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group, tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, octadecyl group, nonadecyl group, eicosyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion may have a substituent.
  • substituent of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion include, for example, a nitro group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), carboxyl group Hydroxyl group, amino group, cyano group, alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group ( Preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms, acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms
  • aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group in the aliphatic carboxylate anion, aromatic carboxylate anion and aralkylcarboxylate anion may have a substituent.
  • this substituent include the same halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group and the like as those in the aromatic sulfonate anion.
  • Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. Group, sec-butyl group, pentyl group, neopentyl group and the like.
  • Two alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be linked to each other to form an alkylene group (preferably having 2 to 4 carbon atoms) and form a ring together with the imide group and the two sulfonyl groups.
  • the alkylene group formed by linking two alkyl groups in these alkyl groups and bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anions may have a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group.
  • An alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryloxysulfonyl group, a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group, and the like, and an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus (for example, PF 6 ⁇ ), fluorinated boron (for example, BF 4 ⁇ ), fluorinated antimony (for example, SbF 6 ⁇ ), and the like.
  • an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least ⁇ position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom
  • an alkyl group Is preferably a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion wherein an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, Pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
  • the acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since it is a compound that generates an acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI) and has a cyclic organic group, the resolution and roughness performance can be further improved. As said non-nucleophilic anion, it can be set as the anion which produces the organic acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI).
  • Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
  • L each independently represents a divalent linking group.
  • Cy represents a cyclic organic group.
  • Rf is a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 20.
  • y represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Xf is more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
  • This alkyl group may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent for R 11 and R 12 is preferably CF 3 .
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and the like. (Preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms) or a divalent linking group in which two or more of these are combined. It is done.
  • —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —COO-alkylene group—, —OCO-alkylene group—, —CONH— alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
  • Cy represents a cyclic organic group.
  • the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include alicyclic groups having a bulky structure of 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. From the viewpoint of suppressing diffusibility in the film in the PEB (post-exposure heating) step and improving MEEF (Mask Error Enhancement Factor).
  • PEB post-exposure heating
  • MEEF Mesk Error Enhancement Factor
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
  • a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring or a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
  • lactone ring or sultone ring include the lactone structure or sultone exemplified in the aforementioned resin (A).
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic).
  • alkyl group which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • a cycloalkyl group monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic.
  • Well preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms
  • aryl group preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms
  • hydroxyl group alkoxy group
  • ester group amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, and sulfonic acid
  • An ester group is mentioned.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • x is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1.
  • y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
  • z is preferably 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 4.
  • the group containing a fluorine atom represented by Rf include an alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, and an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom. . These alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, or may be substituted with another substituent containing a fluorine atom.
  • Rf is a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom
  • other substituents containing a fluorine atom include, for example, alkyl substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Groups. Further, these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be further substituted with a substituent not containing a fluorine atom. As this substituent, the thing which does not contain a fluorine atom among what was demonstrated about Cy previously can be mentioned, for example.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include those described above as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom represented by Xf.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorocyclopentyl group and a perfluorocyclohexyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorophenyl group.
  • (ZI) component examples include compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2), (ZI-3) and (ZI-4) described below.
  • Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group with the remaining being an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium compound examples include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
  • the aryl group of the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, Examples include an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (for example, 6 to 14 carbon atoms).
  • An alkoxy group for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • a halogen atom for example, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group may be substituted.
  • Preferred substituents are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon atoms.
  • the substituent may be substituted with any one of the three R 201 to R 203 , or may be substituted with all three. Further, when R 201 to R 203 are an aryl group, the substituent is preferably substituted at the p-position of the aryl group.
  • Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group not containing an aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, 2-oxocycloalkyl group, alkoxy group.
  • a carbonylmethyl group particularly preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group). More preferred examples of the alkyl group include a 2-oxoalkyl group and an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group. More preferred examples of the cycloalkyl group include a 2-oxocycloalkyl group.
  • the 2-oxoalkyl group may be linear or branched, and a group having> C ⁇ O at the 2-position of the above alkyl group is preferable.
  • the 2-oxocycloalkyl group is preferably a group having> C ⁇ O at the 2-position of the above cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonylmethyl group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentoxy group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3), and is a compound having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • R 1c to R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group Represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to form a ring structure.
  • this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, or a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • Examples of the ring structure include 3- to 10-membered rings, preferably 4- to 8-membered rings, more preferably 5- or 6-membered rings.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, and examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group. .
  • Zc ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • the alkyl group as R 1c to R 7c may be either linear or branched, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms ( Examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a linear or branched propyl group, a linear or branched butyl group, and a linear or branched pentyl group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group) can be mentioned.
  • the aryl group as R 1c to R 5c preferably has 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkoxy group as R 1c to R 5c may be linear, branched or cyclic, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • cyclic alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms for example, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group
  • alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyl group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the alkoxy group as the R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
  • alkyl group in the alkylcarbonyloxy group and alkylthio group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the alkyl group of the R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
  • cycloalkyl group in the cycloalkyl carbonyl group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the cycloalkyl group of the R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
  • R 1c ⁇ R 5c Specific examples of the aryl group in the aryloxy group and arylthio group as R 1c ⁇ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the aryl group of the R 1c ⁇ R 5c.
  • any one of R 1c to R 5c is a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group, and more preferably the sum of carbon numbers of R 1c to R 5c. Is 2-15.
  • solvent solubility improves more and generation
  • the ring structure that any two or more of R 1c to R 5c may be bonded to each other is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, particularly preferably a 6-membered ring (for example, a phenyl ring). It is done.
  • the ring structure which may be formed by R 5c and R 6c are bonded to each other, bonded R 5c and R 6c are each other a single bond or an alkylene group (methylene group, ethylene group, etc.) by configuring the generally Examples thereof include a carbonyl carbon atom in formula (ZI-3) and a 4-membered or more ring formed with the carbon atom (particularly preferably a 5-6 membered ring).
  • the aryl group as R 6c and R 7c preferably has 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • R 6c and R 7c it is preferable that both of them are alkyl groups.
  • R 6c and R 7c are each preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably both are methyl groups.
  • the group formed by combining R 6c and R 7c is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an ethylene group , Propylene group, butylene group, pentylene group, hexylene group and the like.
  • the ring formed by combining R 6c and R 7c may have a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom in the ring.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as R x and R y include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as in R 1c to R 7c .
  • Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group and 2-oxocycloalkyl group as R x and R y include groups having> C ⁇ O at the 2-position of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as R 1c to R 7c. .
  • Examples of the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R x and R y include the same alkoxy groups as in R 1c to R 5c , and examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms for example, a methyl group or an ethyl group
  • R x and R y examples of the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R x and R y include the same alkoxy groups as in R 1c to R 5c
  • examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms for example, a methyl group or an ethyl group
  • the allyl group as R x and R y is not particularly limited, but is substituted with an unsubstituted allyl group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms). An allyl group is preferred.
  • the vinyl group as R x and R y is not particularly limited, but is substituted with an unsubstituted vinyl group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms). It is preferably a vinyl group.
  • the ring structure which may be formed by R 5c and R x are bonded to each other, bonded R 5c and R x each other a single bond or an alkylene group (methylene group, ethylene group, etc.) by configuring the generally Examples thereof include a 5-membered or more ring (particularly preferably a 5-membered ring) formed with a sulfur atom and a carbonyl carbon atom in the formula (ZI-3).
  • R x and R y divalent R x and R y (for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and the like) are represented by the general formula (ZI-3):
  • R x and R y are represented by the general formula (ZI-3):
  • R x and R y are preferably an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, more preferably 6 or more, and still more preferably 8 or more alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
  • R 1c to R 7c , R x and R y may further have a substituent.
  • a substituent include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, Group, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, acyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkoxyalkyl group, aryloxyalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryl An oxycarbonyloxy group etc. can be mentioned.
  • R 1c , R 2c , R 4c and R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom
  • R 3c is a group other than a hydrogen atom, that is, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, More preferably, it represents an aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkylthio group or arylthio group.
  • Examples of the cation of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-2) or (ZI-3) in the present invention include the following specific examples.
  • the compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
  • R 14 s each independently represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • These groups may have a substituent.
  • l represents an integer of 0-2.
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • the alkyl group of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, n -Butyl group, t-butyl group and the like are preferable.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups (preferably cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), and in particular, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, Cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl are preferred.
  • the alkoxy group for R 13 and R 14 is linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, or the like.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group of R 13 and R 14 is linear or branched and preferably has 2 to 11 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group or the like.
  • Examples of the group having a cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), and examples thereof include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Examples thereof include a cycloalkyloxy group and an alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
  • the monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyloxy group for R 13 and R 14 preferably has a total carbon number of 7 or more, more preferably a total carbon number of 7 or more and 15 or less, It is preferable to have a cycloalkyl group.
  • Monocyclic cycloalkyloxy group having 7 or more carbon atoms in total is cyclopropyloxy group, cyclobutyloxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group, cycloheptyloxy group, cyclooctyloxy group, cyclododecanyloxy group, etc.
  • alkyl group hydroxyl group, halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine), nitro group, cyano group, amide group, sulfonamido group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyl group, acetoxy
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyloxy group having a substituent such as a group, an acyloxy group such as a butyryloxy group, or a carboxy group, and having a total carbon number of 7 or more in combination with any substituents on the cycloalkyl group To express.
  • Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyloxy group having 7 or more total carbon atoms include a norbornyloxy group, a tricyclodecanyloxy group, a tetracyclodecanyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, and the like.
  • the alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 preferably has a total carbon number of 7 or more, more preferably a total carbon number of 7 or more and 15 or less, An alkoxy group having a monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferable.
  • the alkoxy group having a total of 7 or more carbon atoms and having a monocyclic cycloalkyl group is methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptoxy, octyloxy, dodecyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, isopropoxy,
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group that may have the above-mentioned substituents is substituted on an alkoxy group such as sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, iso-amyloxy, etc., and the total carbon number including the substituents is 7 or more Represents things.
  • Examples thereof include a cyclohexylmethoxy group, a cyclopentylethoxy group, a cyclohexylethoxy group, and the like, and a cyclohexylmethoxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group having a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having a total carbon number of 7 or more include a norbornyl methoxy group, a norbornyl ethoxy group, a tricyclodecanyl methoxy group, a tricyclodecanyl ethoxy group, a tetracyclo group.
  • a decanyl methoxy group, a tetracyclodecanyl ethoxy group, an adamantyl methoxy group, an adamantyl ethoxy group, etc. are mentioned, A norbornyl methoxy group, a norbornyl ethoxy group, etc. are preferable.
  • the alkyl group of the alkyl group of R 14, include the same specific examples and the alkyl group as R 13 ⁇ R 15 described above.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group represented by R 14 are linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonyl group, ethanesulfonyl group, n-propanesulfonyl. Group, n-butanesulfonyl group, cyclopentanesulfonyl group, cyclohexanesulfonyl group and the like are preferable.
  • each of the above groups may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • a 5-membered or 6-membered ring formed by two R 15 together with a sulfur atom in the general formula (ZI-4), particularly preferable Includes a 5-membered ring (that is, a tetrahydrothiophene ring), and may be condensed with an aryl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the divalent R 15 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxy group.
  • R 15 in the general formula (ZI-4) is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a naphthyl group, a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom.
  • R 13 and R 14 may have is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom).
  • l is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
  • r is preferably from 0 to 2.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group in R 204 to R 207 are preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), Aryl groups (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, phenylthio groups, and the like.
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by general formulas (ZIV), (ZV), and (ZVI) described in paragraphs ⁇ 0227> to ⁇ 0228> of JP-A-2014-232310.
  • acid generators particularly preferable examples include, but are not limited to, acid generators described in paragraphs ⁇ 0231> to ⁇ 0240> of JP-A-2014-232310.
  • the acid generator can be synthesized by a known method. For example, ⁇ 0200> to ⁇ 0210> of JP2007-161707A, JP2010-1007055A and ⁇ 2011/02093280 ⁇ 0051> to ⁇ 0058>, ⁇ 0382> to ⁇ 0385> of International Publication No. 2008/153110, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-161707, and the like.
  • An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (except when represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4)) in the composition is actinic ray sensitive or Based on the total solid content of the radiation-sensitive resin composition, 0.1 to 30% by mass is preferable, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 15%. % By mass.
  • the acid generator is represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4)
  • the content is preferably 5 to 35% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. 6 to 30% by mass is more preferable, 6 to 30% by mass is further preferable, and 6 to 25% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention may contain a solvent (C).
  • the solvent (C) include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactate esters, alkyl alkoxypropionates, cyclic lactones (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), and rings.
  • the organic solvent include good monoketone compounds (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate. Specific examples of these solvents can include the solvents described in paragraphs ⁇ 0441> to ⁇ 0455> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860.
  • a mixed solvent may be used as the solvent (C).
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, containing a ring
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • Solvent A propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • PGMEA also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane
  • the mixing ratio (solvent A / solvent B) (mass ratio) of the mixed solvent is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40.
  • the solvent (C) preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • Hydrophobic resin (D) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention is a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)” or simply “resin (D)”, particularly when applied to immersion exposure. May also be included).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the resin (A).
  • hydrophobic resin (D) does not have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used when the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed by EUV exposure. preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (D) may be contained in the main chain of the resin. , May be contained in the side chain.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom
  • it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • alkyl group having a fluorine atom examples include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4).
  • the invention is not limited to this.
  • R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched).
  • R 57 to R 61, at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably all fluorine atoms.
  • R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, heptafluorobutyl group, hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2 -Methyl) isopropyl group, nonafluorobutyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluorohexyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group, perfluoroisopentyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluoro (trimethyl) hexyl group, 2,2 ,
  • Hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2-methyl) isopropyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group and perfluoroisopentyl group are preferable, and hexafluoroisopropyl group and heptafluoroisopropyl group are preferable. Further preferred.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like can be mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
  • the partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may contain a silicon atom.
  • a silicon atom described in paragraphs ⁇ 0277> to ⁇ 0281> of JP 2012-073402 (corresponding to paragraphs ⁇ 0400> to ⁇ 0405> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/077122) The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) also preferably includes a “CH 3 partial structure” in the side chain portion.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain moiety in hereinafter, simply referred to as "side chain CH 3 partial structure”.
  • side chain CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain moiety in (hereinafter, simply referred to as "side chain CH 3 partial structure”).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M).
  • R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the “CH 3 partial structure” of the side chain moiety.
  • CH 3 exists from the CC main chain through some atom, it corresponds to “CH 3 partial structure”.
  • R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 )
  • it has “one” CH 3 partial structure.
  • R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
  • Examples of the side chain R 11 to R 14 include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
  • Examples of monovalent organic groups for R 11 to R 14 include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, alkyloxycarbonyl groups, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, alkylaminocarbonyl groups, cycloalkylaminocarbonyls. Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and as such a repeating unit, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II), and It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by the following general formula (III).
  • X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom
  • R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid.
  • the organic group stable to an acid is more specifically an organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). Is preferred.
  • the alkyl group for X b1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
  • the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples include groups having a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo, tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6-30, and particularly preferably 7-25.
  • the alkenyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a branched alkenyl group.
  • the aryl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. is there.
  • the aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom
  • R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group for X b2 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 3 is an organic group that is stable against an acid, more specifically, it is an organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). Preferably there is.
  • R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • N represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and particularly when it does not have a fluorine atom and a silicon atom
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and
  • the content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin (D). More preferably, it is 95 mol% or more.
  • the content is usually 100 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin (D).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) comprises at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III). ),
  • the surface free energy of the hydrophobic resin (D) increases.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, and the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved and the immersion liquid followability can be improved. it can.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) includes (i) a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, and (ii) a case where a side chain portion includes a CH 3 partial structure. And may have at least one group selected from the group (x) to (z) described in paragraphs ⁇ 0283> to ⁇ 0290>.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may further have a repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) described in paragraphs ⁇ 0292> to ⁇ 0294> of JP-A-2014-232310.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) described in paragraphs ⁇ 0296> to ⁇ 0299> of JP-A-2014-232310. .
  • the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 10 to 80% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) has a silicon atom
  • the content of the silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 2 to 30% by mass. More preferably.
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion
  • the resin (D) contains substantially no fluorine atom or silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D). It is preferably 1 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, it does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • hydrophobic resin (D) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in all the repeating units of the hydrophobic resin (D). It is preferably 97 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more, and ideally 100 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. % Is more preferable, and 0.1 to 7% by mass is even more preferable.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
  • the hydrophobic resin (D) various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • the reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D),
  • the concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • hydrophobic resin (D) examples include resins described in paragraphs ⁇ 0306> to ⁇ 0315> of JP 2014-232310.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention may contain a basic compound in order to reduce a change in performance over time from exposure to heating.
  • Usable basic compounds are not particularly limited, and for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (5) can be used.
  • Basic compound (N) Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds (N) having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • Preferable compound (N) includes guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable compound (N) includes imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxy group.
  • Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraph ⁇ 0321> of JP 2014-232310.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound (N) further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • these compounds include compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in paragraph ⁇ 0066> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007 / 02245539A1.
  • the basic compound (N) in addition to the above-mentioned compounds, paragraphs ⁇ 0180> to ⁇ 0225> of JP2011-22560A, paragraphs [0218] to ⁇ 0219> of JP2012-137735A, The compounds described in paragraphs ⁇ 0416> to ⁇ 0438> of WO 2011/158687 can also be used.
  • the basic compound (N) may be a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. These basic compounds (N) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may or may not contain the basic compound (N).
  • the amount is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the solid content of the radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the acid generator / basic compound (N) (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may contain a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (E)”) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • compound (E) is preferably a compound (E-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the compound (E) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with active light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation.
  • An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
  • the compound of the following general formula (PA-I), (PA-II) or (PA) is produced as a compound with reduced basicity, which is generated by the decomposition of compound (E) or (E-1) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. And compounds represented by -III).
  • PA-II a compound represented by the general formula (PA-II) or (PA-III) is used.
  • PA-I the compound represented by formula (PA-I) will be described.
  • a 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q represents —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H.
  • Q corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
  • n 0 or 1.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R represents a monovalent organic group having a basic functional group or a monovalent organic group having an ammonium group.
  • PA-II the compound represented by formula (PA-II) will be described.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • Q 1 or Q 2 has a basic functional group.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —.
  • —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the compound represented by formula (PA-III) will be described.
  • Q 1 and Q 3 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. However, either Q 1 or Q 3 has a basic functional group. Q 1 and Q 3 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —.
  • a 2 represents a divalent linking group.
  • B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or —N (Qx) —.
  • Qx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • B is —N (Qx) —, Q 3 and Qx may combine to form a ring.
  • m represents 0 or 1. Note that —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • preferred specific examples of the compound (E) include compounds (A-1) to (A-44) of US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0233629, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2012. No. 0156617 (A-1) to (A-23) and the like.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (E) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may or may not contain the compound (E), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (E) is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin.
  • the content is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the solid content of the composition.
  • a compound (E-2) that generates an acid (weak acid) having a strength that does not decompose the acid-decomposable group of the resin (A) by acid irradiation or radiation irradiation. can also be mentioned.
  • Examples of the compound include an onium salt of a carboxylic acid having no fluorine atom (preferably a sulfonium salt) and an onium salt of a sulfonic acid having no fluorine atom (preferably a sulfonium salt). More specifically, for example, among onium salts represented by the following general formula (6A), those in which the carboxylic acid anion does not have a fluorine atom, among onium salts represented by the following general formula (6B) Examples include those in which the sulfonate anion does not have a fluorine atom. As a cation structure of a sulfonium salt, the sulfonium cation structure mentioned by the acid generator (B) can be mentioned preferably.
  • examples of the compound (E-2) include compounds listed in paragraph ⁇ 0170> of WO 2012/053527, and paragraphs ⁇ 0268> to ⁇ 0269> of JP2012-173419A. Compound etc. are mentioned.
  • a compound (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may contain a compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (F)”).
  • the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. It is particularly preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (N ′′) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
  • the compound (F) an amine derivative having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • Compound (F) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • R b is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group. (Preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • R b may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by R b are substituted with a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, and an oxo group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. May be.
  • R b is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting two R b to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
  • Examples of the specific structure of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include the structure disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0466> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348. It is not limited.
  • the compound (F) particularly preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • l 2
  • two R a may be the same or different, and two R a may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • the heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • R b has the same meaning as R b in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group as R a are groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group as R b may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group described above.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by R a (these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may be substituted with the above groups)
  • Rb is mentioned.
  • the heterocyclic ring formed by connecting R a to each other preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the preferred compound (F) include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0475> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298869A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
  • the low molecular compound (F) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the compound (F) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.001 based on the total solid content of the composition. To 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • Onium salt As a basic compound, you may include the onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B). This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the acid generator usually used in the resist composition.
  • Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom.
  • the fluorine atom is not substituted for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
  • the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
  • substituents that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Of these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • As the sulfonium cation for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation and the iodonium cation include the aforementioned sulfonium cation structure of the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium structure of the general formula (ZII) in the compound (B).
  • onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
  • onium salt may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the composition includes a compound contained in the formula (I) of JP 2012-189977 A, a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP 2013-6827 A, Both an onium salt structure and an acid anion structure in one molecule, such as a compound represented by the formula (I) of No. 8020 and a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP 2012-252124 A
  • a compound having the same hereinafter also referred to as betaine compound
  • the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable.
  • a sulfonate anion or a carboxylate anion is preferable.
  • this compound include the following.
  • a betaine compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention is composed of (1) a basic compound (N), (2) a basic compound or ammonium whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. Selected from the group consisting of a salt compound (E), (3) a low molecular compound (F) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, (4) an onium salt, and (5) a betaine compound. Two or more compounds may be contained.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention may further contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant either fluorine and / or silicon surfactant (fluorine surfactant, silicon surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom), or two kinds It is more preferable to contain the above.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a surfactant
  • surfactants such as fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants, for example, surfactants described in paragraphs ⁇ 0353> to ⁇ 0355> of JP-A-2014-232310 can be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is based on the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent).
  • the content is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
  • the amount of the surfactant added is 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent)
  • the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased.
  • the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition includes an acid proliferator, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, an alicyclic compound having a carboxyl group, or an aliphatic compound) may be contained.
  • Such phenol compounds having a molecular weight of 1000 or less are described in, for example, JP-A-4-122938, JP-A-2-28531, US Pat. No. 4,916,210, European Patent 219294, and the like. It can be easily synthesized by those skilled in the art with reference to the method described.
  • alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group include carboxylic acid derivatives having a steroid structure such as cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, adamantane carboxylic acid derivatives, adamantane dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane Examples include, but are not limited to, dicarboxylic acids.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably used in a film thickness of 30 to 250 nm, more preferably in a film thickness of 30 to 200 nm, from the viewpoint of improving resolution.
  • a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property and film forming property.
  • the solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.%. 3% by mass.
  • the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5.7% by mass or less, whereby aggregation of the material in the resist solution, particularly the acid generator, is suppressed, As a result, it is considered that a uniform resist film was formed.
  • the solid content concentration is a weight percentage of the weight of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total weight of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably prepared by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent. During the preparation, a process of reducing metal impurities in the composition to the ppb level using an ion exchange membrane, a process of filtering impurities such as various particles using an appropriate filter, a deaeration process, etc. Good. Specifics of these steps are described in JP 2012-88574 A, JP 2010-189563 A, JP 2001-12529 A, JP 2001-350266 A, and JP 2002-99076 A. JP-A-5-307263, JP-A-2010-164980, International Publication No.
  • a pore size of 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is used.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition preferably has a low water content. Specifically, the water content is preferably 2.5% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.3% by mass or less in the total weight of the composition.
  • the method for forming a film on the substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted. Especially, the method of apply
  • the application method is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted. Among these, spin coating is preferably used in the semiconductor manufacturing field. Moreover, you may implement the drying process for removing a solvent as needed after apply
  • the method for the drying treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include heat treatment and air drying treatment.
  • the substrate on which the resist film is formed is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other photofabrication lithography processes.
  • a substrate can be used, and examples thereof include inorganic substrates such as silicon (silicon wafer), SiO 2 and SiN.
  • a conventionally known lower layer film (inorganic film or organic film) may be formed between the substrate and the resist film (lower layer of the resist film) as necessary. Examples of the lower layer film include an SOC (Spin On Carbon) film, an SOG (Spin On Glass) film, an SiON film (silicon nitride oxide film), an organic antireflection film (BARC), and the like.
  • the receding contact angle of a film (resist film) formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is preferably 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ⁇ 5%. 75 ° or more, more preferably 75 to 85 °.
  • the receding contact angle of the resist film is in the above range, it is suitable for exposure through an immersion medium. If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited.
  • top coat an upper layer film (so-called “top coat”) may be formed on the resist film, as will be described later.
  • the thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 500 nm and more preferably 1 to 100 nm because a fine pattern with higher accuracy can be formed.
  • An upper layer film (top coat) may be formed on the resist film using a composition containing a hydrophobic resin (upper layer film forming composition).
  • a composition containing a hydrophobic resin upper layer film forming composition
  • the hydrophobic resin contained in the composition for forming an upper layer film include, but are not limited to, resins described as hydrophobic resins that may be contained in the composition for forming a resist film.
  • conventionally known additives and solvents can be appropriately used.
  • peeling an upper layer film (topcoat) as an upper layer film peeling solvent, the organic type developing solution mentioned later may be used and a peeling agent may be used separately.
  • Step (2) is a step of exposing the film formed in step (1). More specifically, it is a step of selectively exposing the film so that a desired pattern is formed. As a result, the film is exposed in a pattern, and the solubility of the resist film changes only in the exposed part. Note that “exposing” means irradiating with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the light used for the exposure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams.
  • it is far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and still more preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • KrF excimer laser 248 nm
  • ArF excimer laser (193 nm)
  • F 2 excimer laser 157 nm
  • X-ray EUV (13 nm), electron beam, and the like
  • ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
  • the method for selectively exposing the film is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
  • a binary mask (Binary-Mask) in which the transmittance of the light shielding portion is 0%
  • a halftone phase shift mask (HT-Mask) in which the transmittance of the light shielding portion is 6%, or the like
  • a binary mask is used in which a chromium film, a chromium oxide film, or the like is formed on a quartz glass substrate as a light shielding portion.
  • a halftone phase shift mask is generally used in which a MoSi (molybdenum silicide) film, a chromium film, a chromium oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film or the like is formed on a quartz glass substrate as a light shielding portion.
  • the exposure is not limited to exposure through a photomask, and selective exposure (pattern exposure) may be performed by exposure without using a photomask, for example, drawing with an electron beam or the like. This step may include multiple exposures.
  • heat treatment Prior to this step, heat treatment (PB: Prebake) may be performed on the film. Heat treatment (PB) may be performed a plurality of times. Moreover, you may perform a heat processing (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) with respect to a resist film after this process. The heat treatment (PEB) may be performed a plurality of times. The heat treatment promotes the reaction of the exposed area, further improving the sensitivity and pattern profile.
  • the temperature of the heat treatment is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
  • the heat treatment time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
  • the heat treatment can be carried out by means provided in a normal exposure machine or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • immersion exposure As a suitable aspect of exposure, for example, liquid immersion exposure can be mentioned. By using immersion exposure, a finer pattern can be formed. Note that immersion exposure can be combined with super-resolution techniques such as a phase shift method and a modified illumination method.
  • the immersion liquid used for immersion exposure is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as much as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the resist film. Small liquids are preferred.
  • the exposure light source is an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm)
  • an additive liquid that decreases the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion. This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist film and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
  • an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
  • an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage that the change in the refractive index of the entire liquid can be made extremely small can be obtained.
  • an opaque material with respect to 193 nm light or an impurity whose refractive index is significantly different from water is mixed, distortion of the optical image projected on the resist is caused. For this reason, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used.
  • pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
  • the water used as the immersion liquid preferably has an electric resistance of 18.3 M ⁇ cm or more, a TOC (organic substance concentration) of 20 ppb or less, and is preferably deaerated.
  • the surface of the resist film may be washed with an aqueous chemical solution before exposure and / or after exposure (before heat treatment).
  • Step (3) is a step of developing the film exposed in step (2) to form a pattern.
  • Step (3) is a step of developing a film using a developer containing water and then developing using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern, or developing using a developer containing an organic solvent. After that, a pattern is formed by developing using a developer containing water.
  • Step A development of a film using a developer containing water
  • Step B development of a film using a developer containing an organic solvent
  • the process B may be performed after the process A is performed, or the process A may be performed after the process B is performed.
  • step A the “region with a large amount of exposure” in step (2) is dissolved by the developer to form a so-called positive pattern.
  • step B the “region with a small amount of exposure” in the step (2) is dissolved by the developing solution to form a so-called negative pattern. That is, step A is a step of selectively dissolving and removing a region where the exposure amount is greater than or equal to the threshold value (a), and step B is selectively dissolving and removing a region where the exposure amount is less than the threshold value (b). It is a process of removing.
  • the threshold (a) is larger than the threshold (b) in terms of the magnitude relationship between the threshold (a) and the threshold (b).
  • step A a developer containing water is used.
  • the developer used in step A contains water as a main component.
  • that water is a main component means that the content of water is more than 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali from the viewpoint of better pattern solubility.
  • the type of the alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include quaternary ammonium salts (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide), inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, cyclic amines, and the like. Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions. Among these, an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferable.
  • Appropriate amounts of alcohols and surfactants can be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. Specific examples and usage amounts of the surfactant are the same as those of the organic developer described later.
  • the alkali concentration of the aqueous alkali solution is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline aqueous solution is usually 10.0 to 15.0.
  • a developer containing a soluble solvent (hereinafter also referred to as “organic developer” as appropriate) is used.
  • the developer used in Step B contains an organic solvent as a main component.
  • an organic solvent is a main component means that the content of the organic solvent is more than 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic solvent contained in the organic developer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. . Moreover, these mixed solvents may be sufficient.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate Butyl butanoate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isobutyl isobutyrate, butyl propionate and the like.
  • the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol; glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such Lumpur; and the like.
  • ether solvent examples include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and ester solvents, and in particular, butyl acetate or ketone as the ester solvent.
  • a developer containing methyl amyl ketone (2-heptanone) as a system solvent is preferred.
  • a plurality of organic solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than the above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
  • an ionic or nonionic fluorine type and / or silicon type surfactant etc. can be used.
  • fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat.
  • Nos. 5,360,692, 5,298,881, 5,296,330, 5,346,098, 5,576,143, 5,294,511, and 5,824,451 can be mentioned.
  • it is a nonionic surfactant.
  • a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the resin (A) described above as an additive further includes a polar group generated by the action of an acid, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond, a chemical bond, and a dipole mutual bond. Compounds that can form at least one of the interactions may be added.
  • an ionic bond means the electrostatic interaction of a cation and an anion, and salt formation etc. are also included.
  • additives include at least one selected from the group consisting of an onium salt compound, a nitrogen-containing compound, and a phosphorus compound, and more specifically, for example, JP-A-2014-232310.
  • examples thereof include the additives described in paragraphs ⁇ 0380> to ⁇ 0474> of the publication.
  • the total mass of the additive in the developer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 1 to 5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer. It is more preferably 1 to 3% by mass.
  • only 1 type of compounds may be used and 2 or more types of compounds from which chemical structures differ may be used.
  • Development method As the developing method in the process A and the process B, for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the developer for a certain time (dip method), and raising the developer on the surface of the substrate by the surface tension and leaving it stationary for a certain time.
  • the developing method (paddle method), the method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), the developer is continuously discharged while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed.
  • a method (dynamic dispensing method) or the like can be applied.
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is As an example, it is preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, and still more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • the flow rate 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput. Details of this are described in paragraphs ⁇ 0022> to ⁇ 0029> of JP-A-2010-232550.
  • Rinse treatment After development using the developer, washing may be performed using a rinse solution as necessary.
  • the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the resist film is not dissolved.
  • pure water can be used in the process A, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used in the process B.
  • the rinse liquid in the process B will be described in more detail.
  • the rinsing liquid examples include a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
  • organic solvents selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
  • hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents include, for example, the organic solvents described as specific examples of the organic developer described above. The same organic solvent is mentioned.
  • the rinsing liquid is preferably a rinsing liquid containing a hydrocarbon solvent or an alcohol solvent.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 5 or more carbon atoms, such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, undecane, dodecane, hexadecane, etc., and aliphatic hydrocarbons having 8 or more carbon atoms. Hydrocarbon solvents are preferred, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 10 or more carbon atoms are more preferred, and decane, undecane, and dodecane are even more preferred. In addition, although the upper limit of the carbon atom number of the said aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is not specifically limited, For example, 16 or less is mentioned, 14 or less is preferable and 12 or less is more preferable.
  • the rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent is preferably a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol, and more preferably a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • the monohydric alcohol include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols, and specific examples thereof include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol (methyl). Isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)), 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol and the like.
  • MIBC Isobutyl carbinol
  • a glycol ether solvent may be used in addition to the ester solvent (one or more).
  • ester solvent preferably butyl acetate
  • glycol ether solvent preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
  • the rinse liquid may contain a plurality of solvents. Moreover, the rinse liquid may contain an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content of the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, better development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C., more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, and most preferably 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
  • Specific examples and usage amounts of the surfactant are the same as those of the organic developer described above.
  • the developed wafer is cleaned using the rinse solution.
  • the cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be applied. Among these, a method of performing a cleaning process by a spin coating method, rotating the substrate at a rotational speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm after cleaning, and removing the rinse liquid from the substrate is preferable.
  • the heating temperature is, for example, 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 140 ° C.
  • the heating time is, for example, 10 seconds to 3 minutes, and preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
  • Step (4) is a step of subjecting the pattern (resist pattern) formed in step (3) to plasma treatment. Thereby, the side wall of the resist pattern becomes smooth and the LWR becomes small.
  • Step (4) is preferably a step of performing a plasma treatment on the pattern with a plasma generated from a treatment gas containing hydrogen, and an embodiment in which the treatment gas further contains argon is more preferable.
  • the plasma processing will be described in more detail.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a processing apparatus used when performing plasma processing.
  • the processing apparatus 1 is hermetically configured and has a substantially cylindrical chamber 2 into which a substrate W with a resist pattern is carried.
  • a stage 4 for mounting a substrate W with a resist pattern, which functions as a lower electrode through a dielectric plate 3 made of ceramics or the like.
  • the stage 4 is made of metal such as aluminum, and has an electrostatic chuck (not shown) for electrostatically adsorbing the substrate W with a resist pattern on the upper surface.
  • a cooling medium flow path (not shown) for cooling the patterned substrate W is provided.
  • a shower head 5 that functions as an upper electrode is provided so as to face the stage 4.
  • a parallel plate electrode is comprised by the shower head 5 which functions as an upper electrode, and the stage 4 which functions as a lower electrode.
  • the shower head 5 is configured to include silicon or silicon carbide on the surface facing the stage 4, for example, and is connected to a DC negative power source 6.
  • the shower head 5 has a gas introduction port 7 at the top, a gas diffusion space 8 inside, and a plurality of gas discharge holes 9 at the bottom.
  • a gas supply pipe 10 is connected to the gas inlet 7.
  • a processing gas supply system 11 for supplying a processing gas is connected to the other end of the gas supply pipe 10. The processing gas is supplied into the chamber 2 from the processing gas supply system 11 through the gas supply pipe 10 and the shower head 5.
  • the exhaust pipe 12 is connected to the bottom of the chamber 2.
  • An exhaust mechanism 13 including a vacuum pump and a pressure adjusting valve is connected to the exhaust pipe 12.
  • the inside of the chamber 2 is exhausted by the exhaust mechanism 13 so that the inside of the chamber 2 is maintained at a predetermined degree of vacuum.
  • two high frequencies are supplied to the stage 4 functioning as the lower electrode.
  • One is a first high frequency having a high frequency suitable for plasma generation, and the other is a second high frequency having a lower frequency than the first high frequency suitable for ion attraction.
  • the first high frequency is, for example, 10 MHz or more and 100 MHz or less
  • the second high frequency is, for example, 15 MHz or less, 0.1 MHz or more.
  • the first high frequency is supplied from the first high frequency power supply 14a to the stage 4 via the matching unit 15a.
  • the second high frequency is supplied from the second high frequency power supply 14b to the stage 4 via the matching unit 15b.
  • the high frequency supplied to the stage 4 is not limited to supplying two high frequencies, and one high frequency, that is, a single frequency may be supplied.
  • the substrate W with a resist pattern is transferred into the chamber 2 and placed on the stage 4.
  • the lower layer film and the upper layer film described above may be formed on the substrate W with a resist pattern.
  • the inside of the chamber 2 is evacuated, and the inside of the chamber 2 is brought into a reduced pressure state.
  • a processing gas is supplied into the chamber 2. Examples of the processing gas include a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ), and a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ) and argon gas (Ar) is preferable.
  • a high frequency is supplied to the stage 4, a high frequency is supplied between the stage 4 and the shower head 5, and a DC negative voltage is supplied to the shower head 5.
  • An example of the high frequency is 40 MHz as the first high frequency and 13 MHz as the second high frequency.
  • the processing space defined between the stage 4 and the shower head 5 is in a state where hydrogen gas (H 2 ) and the like contained in the processing gas are drifting.
  • hydrogen gas H 2
  • the processing gas contains argon gas
  • argon ions Ar +
  • argon ions which are positive charges, fly toward the shower head 5, hit the shower head 5, and silicon contained in the surface of the shower head 5 facing the stage 4.
  • Si Si
  • silicon e ⁇
  • the hydrogen radical reacts with the resist pattern or the resist pattern is irradiated with the electron beam, thereby smoothing the side wall of the resist pattern and reducing the LWR.
  • the conditions for the plasma treatment are appropriately set according to the processing gas used.
  • a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ) and argon gas (Ar) is used as the processing gas
  • An example of the pressure in the chamber 2 after supplying the processing gas is 13.3 Pa.
  • An example of the high frequency power is 500 W as the first high frequency and 0 W as the second high frequency.
  • An example of the DC negative voltage is -450V.
  • An example of the processing time is 25 seconds.
  • an example of the pressure in the chamber 2 after supplying the processing gas is 6.7 Pa.
  • An example of the high frequency power is 300 W as the first high frequency and 0 W as the second high frequency.
  • An example of the DC negative voltage is -900V.
  • An example of the processing time is 30 seconds.
  • the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is generally suitably used as an etching mask for a semiconductor device or the like, but can also be used for other purposes.
  • Other uses include, for example, guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. 4, No. 8, Page 4815-4823), use as a core material (core) of a so-called spacer process (for example, JP-A-3-270227, JP-A-2013-164509, etc.).
  • a technique of double patterning such as SADP (Spacer Doubled Patterning) may be applied.
  • the composition or the like preferably does not contain impurities such as metals.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppb or less, still more preferably 100 ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially free (below the detection limit of the measuring device). Is most preferable.
  • Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the various materials include filtration using a filter.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and still more preferably 3 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable.
  • the filter may be a composite material obtained by combining these materials and ion exchange media.
  • a filter that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent may be used.
  • a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step.
  • a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials.
  • the inside of the apparatus may be lined with Teflon (registered trademark), and distillation may be performed under a condition in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible.
  • the preferable conditions for filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials are the same as those described above.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method of the present invention described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (Office Automation) related equipment, media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • composition ratio indicates the molar ratio of the repeating units contained in the resins P-1 to P-33 and RP-1 to RP-2, and the repeating units in the chemical formula shown above.
  • the composition ratios are shown in order from the left.
  • composition ratio indicates the molar ratio of the repeating units contained in the resins N-1 to N-7, and the composition ratio of the repeating units in the chemical formula shown above is shown in order from the left. .
  • SL-1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
  • SL-2 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
  • SL-3 cyclohexanone
  • SL-4 ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • SL-5 propion carbonate
  • composition ratio indicates the molar ratio of the repeating units contained in the resins TP-1 to TP-5, and the composition ratio of the repeating units in the chemical formula shown above is shown in order from the left. .
  • MIBC Methyl isobutyl carbinol (4-methyl-2-pentanol) BuOH: n-butanol
  • IAE isoamyl ether
  • IBIB isobutyl isobutyrate
  • Examples 1 to 34 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2> On the silicon wafer, the lower layer film shown in Table 6 below was formed. A resist film forming composition shown in the table was applied thereon, and baked under PB (Prebake) conditions shown in the table. As a result, a resist film having the thickness shown in the table was formed. In Examples 24 to 30, the upper layer film-forming composition shown in Table 6 below was further applied onto the resist film, and baked under the PB (Prebake) conditions shown in the same table, so that the film thickness was 90 nm. An upper layer film was formed.
  • an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA1.20, Dipole, outer sigma 0.95, inner sigma 0.7) is used for the obtained resist film (and upper layer film). Pattern exposure was performed. As the reticle, a mask with a half pitch of 48 nm line and space 1: 1 was used. Moreover, ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Thereafter, the resist film was baked under PEB (Post Exposure Bake) conditions shown in Table 6 below, and the resist film after baking was cooled to room temperature. In Examples 24 to 25 and 27 to 30, the upper film was peeled off using the upper film peeling solvent shown in the same table.
  • PEB Post Exposure Bake
  • a silicon wafer with a resist pattern (substrate W with a resist pattern) was transferred into the chamber 2 and placed on the stage 4.
  • the processing gas was supplied into the chamber 2.
  • a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ), carbon tetrafluoride gas (CF 4 ), and argon gas (Ar) was used as the processing gas.
  • the pressure in the chamber 2 after supplying the processing gas was set to 6.7 Pa.
  • a high frequency was supplied to the stage 4, and a high frequency was supplied between the stage 4 and the shower head 5, and a negative DC voltage was supplied to the shower head 5 to generate plasma.
  • the high frequency was set to the first high frequency: 40 MHz and the second high frequency: 13 MHz.
  • the high frequency power was set to the first high frequency: 300 W and the second high frequency: 0 W.
  • the negative DC voltage was ⁇ 900V.
  • the processing time was 30 minutes.
  • the lower layer films shown in Table 6 are as follows. SOC: Brewer spin-on carbon material (film thickness 120nm) SOG: Brewer spin-on-glass material (film thickness 30 nm) BARC-A: Brewer's organic antireflection film (film thickness: 80 nm) BARC-B: Nissan Chemical Organic Antireflective Film (film thickness 30nm) SiON: Silicon nitride oxide vapor deposition film (film thickness: 15 nm) SOC, SOG, BARC-A and BARC-B were formed by baking at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds after coating by a spin coating method. In Table 6, when a plurality of lower layer films are described, they are described in order from the side closer to the substrate.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • a composite film of SOG and BARC-B (or a composite film of SiON and BARC-B) is converted into a CF-based gas (four fluorine).
  • the SOC was etched by plasma etching using oxygen gas plasma using the composite film as a mask.
  • a SiO 2 film was formed on the surface of the obtained SOC pattern by a CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method.
  • a SiO 2 film was etched to a state in which the SiO 2 film remained only on the side wall portion of the SOC pattern.
  • the SOC pattern was removed by etching using oxygen gas plasma to obtain a pattern made of the SiO 2 film remaining on the side wall, and a line and space pattern with a half pitch of 12 nm was obtained.
  • each example shows a value obtained by transferring the LWR after the plasma treatment, and an example in which the weight-average molecular weight of the acid-decomposable resin is large and the effect of improving the LWR by smoothing is large. It was found that the pattern after the SiO 2 film transfer is also effective.

Abstract

This pattern forming method comprises: a step 1 in which a film is formed upon a substrate by using a actinic ray-sensitive or a radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least a resin having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and generates a polar group; a step 2 in which said film is exposed; a step 3 in which the exposed film is developed and a pattern is formed; and a step 4 in which the pattern is plasma-treated. In step 3, either a developing solution including water is used, the film is developed, and then a developing solution including an organic solvent is used, the film is developed and a pattern is formed or, alternatively, a developing solution including an organic solvent is used, the film is developed and then a developing solution including water is used, the film is developed, and a pattern is formed. The weight-average molecular weight of the resin is at least 5,000. This electronic device production method includes said pattern forming method.

Description

パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、さらにはその他のフォトアプリケーションのリソグラフィー工程に使用される、パターン形成方法、及び、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and a lithography process for other photo applications, and an electronic device including the pattern forming method. It relates to the manufacturing method.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。
 例えば、特許文献1においては、高精度な微細パターンを安定的に形成する方法として、ポジ型現像液と、ネガ型現像液とを使用する2重現像技術が提案されている。より具体的には、露光によってレジスト組成物中の樹脂の極性が、光強度の高い領域では高極性になり、光強度の低い領域では低極性に維持されることを利用して、特定のレジスト膜の高露光領域を水を含む現像液に溶解させ、低露光領域を有機溶剤を含む現像液に溶解させることにより、中間露光量の領域が現像で溶解除去されずに残り、露光用マスクの半ピッチを有するラインアンドスペースパターンが形成されている。
Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), a pattern formation method using chemical amplification has been used to compensate for the sensitivity reduction due to light absorption.
For example, Patent Document 1 proposes a double development technique using a positive developer and a negative developer as a method for stably forming a high-precision fine pattern. More specifically, by utilizing the fact that the polarity of the resin in the resist composition by exposure is high in regions where light intensity is high and low in regions where light intensity is low, a specific resist is used. By dissolving the high exposure area of the film in a developer containing water and dissolving the low exposure area in a developer containing an organic solvent, the intermediate exposure area remains undissolved and removed by development. A line and space pattern having a half pitch is formed.
特開2008-292975号公報JP 2008-292975 A
 近年、各種電子機器の高機能化が求められており、それに伴い微細加工に使用されるレジストパターンのより一層の特性向上が求められている。特に、LWR(Line Width Roughness)がより小さいレジストパターンの形成が求められている。 In recent years, higher functionality of various electronic devices has been demanded, and accordingly, further improvement in characteristics of resist patterns used for fine processing has been demanded. In particular, it is required to form a resist pattern having a smaller LWR (Line WidthneRoughness).
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みて、LWRが小さいパターンを形成できるパターン形成方法、及び、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを目的とする。 In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern having a small LWR and an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method.
 本発明者らは、鋭意検討した結果、形成されるパターンに対して特定の処理を施すことで、上記目的が達成されることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。 As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by performing a specific process on the formed pattern, and have completed the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明は、以下の[1]~[7]を提供する。
 [1]酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を少なくとも含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて基板上に膜を形成する工程1と、上記膜を露光する工程2と、上記露光された膜を現像して、パターンを形成する工程3と、上記パターンにプラズマ処理を施す工程4と、を備え、上記工程3が、水を含む現像液を用いて膜を現像した後、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する工程、あるいは、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像した後、水を含む現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する工程であり、上記樹脂の重量平均分子量が5,000以上である、パターン形成方法。
 [2]上記工程4が、水素を含む処理ガスから生成したプラズマによって、上記パターンにプラズマ処理を施す工程である、上記[1]に記載のパターン形成方法。
 [3]上記処理ガスが、更に、アルゴンを含む、上記[2]に記載のパターン形成方法。
 [4]上記極性基が、カルボキシル基である、上記[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 [5]上記樹脂が、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、上記繰り返し単位の含有量は、上記樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対して、35モル%以上である、上記[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 [6]上記樹脂が、更に、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、環状ケトン構造、および、環状スルホン構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有する、上記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 [7]上記[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
That is, the present invention provides the following [1] to [7].
[1] Step 1 of forming a film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least a resin containing a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group; , The step 2 for exposing the film, the step 3 for developing the exposed film to form a pattern, and the step 4 for performing a plasma treatment on the pattern, wherein the step 3 includes water. After developing the film using a developer, the film is developed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern, or after developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a developer containing water is added. A pattern forming method in which the resin is used to develop a pattern to form a pattern, and the resin has a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 or more.
[2] The pattern forming method according to [1], wherein the step 4 is a step of performing a plasma treatment on the pattern with a plasma generated from a processing gas containing hydrogen.
[3] The pattern forming method according to [2], wherein the processing gas further includes argon.
[4] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the polar group is a carboxyl group.
[5] The resin includes a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and the content of the repeating unit is 35 mol% or more based on all the repeating units of the resin. The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4] above.
[6] Any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein the resin further has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, and a cyclic sulfone structure. The pattern formation method as described.
[7] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [6].
 本発明によれば、LWRが小さいパターンを形成できるパターン形成方法、及び、上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern with a small LWR and a method of manufacturing an electronic device including the pattern forming method.
プラズマ処理を実行する際に使用される処理装置の一例を概略的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows roughly an example of the processing apparatus used when performing a plasma processing.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線(EB)等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 また、本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書において「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 また、本明細書中において、「(メタ)アクリレート」はアクリレート及びメタクリレートを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」はアクリル及びメタクリルを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」はアクリロイル及びメタクリロイルを表す。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation.
In addition, “exposure” in the present specification is not limited to exposure to far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light and the like represented by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also electron beams, ion beams, and the like, unless otherwise specified. The exposure with the particle beam is also included in the exposure.
In the present specification, “to” is used in the sense of including the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents acryloyl and methacryloyl.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、少なくとも以下の4つの工程を備える。
(1)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂を少なくとも含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて基板上に膜を形成する工程
(2)膜を露光する工程
(3)露光された膜を現像して、パターンを形成する工程
(4)パターンにプラズマ処理を施す工程
 そして、本発明のパターン形成方法においては、工程(3)が、水を含む現像液による工程A、及び、有機溶剤を含む現像液による工程Bのうちいずれか一方の工程を実施して、その後他方の工程を実施する工程であり、かつ、工程(1)で用いる樹脂の重量平均分子量が5000以上である。
 このような本発明のパターン形成方法によれば、LWR(Line Width Roughness)が小さいパターン(レジストパターン)を形成できる。この理由は以下のように推測される。すなわち、工程(3)での現像により形成されるレジストパターンに対して工程(4)でプラズマ処理を施すことで、レジストパターン中の樹脂が凝集し、このとき、樹脂の重量平均分子量が5,000以上と大きいことで、樹脂がより凝集しやすく、その結果、プラズマ処理によってレジストパターンの側壁が滑らかとなり、LWRが小さくなると考えられる。
 以下、各工程について詳述する。
The pattern forming method of the present invention includes at least the following four steps.
(1) Step of forming a film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least a resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group (2) Exposing the film (3) developing the exposed film to form a pattern (4) applying plasma treatment to the pattern In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the step (3) includes developing with water The weight of the resin used in the step (1), in which one of the step A and the step B using the developer containing the organic solvent is performed, and then the other step is performed. The average molecular weight is 5000 or more.
According to such a pattern forming method of the present invention, a pattern (resist pattern) having a small LWR (Line Width Roughness) can be formed. The reason is presumed as follows. That is, the resin in the resist pattern is agglomerated by subjecting the resist pattern formed by development in step (3) to plasma treatment in step (4). At this time, the weight average molecular weight of the resin is 5, By being as large as 000 or more, the resin is more likely to aggregate, and as a result, the sidewall of the resist pattern becomes smooth by plasma treatment, and LWR is considered to be small.
Hereinafter, each process is explained in full detail.
〔工程(1):膜形成工程〕
 工程(1)は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上に膜(以下、「レジスト膜」とも称する)を形成する工程である。
 まず、本工程で使用される材料について詳述し、その後工程(1)の手順について詳述する。
[Step (1): Film formation step]
Step (1) is a step of forming a film (hereinafter also referred to as “resist film”) on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
First, the material used at this process is explained in full detail, and the procedure of the subsequent process (1) is explained in full detail.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物>
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂(A)を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「組成物」又は「レジスト膜形成用組成物」ともいう。)が用いられる。
 以下に、本発明で使用される組成物について説明する。
 まず、組成物に含まれる酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂(A)、及び、その他の任意成分について詳述する。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter referred to as “composition” or “resist” containing a resin (A) having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. Also referred to as “film-forming composition”).
Below, the composition used by this invention is demonstrated.
First, the resin (A) having a group that generates a polar group by being decomposed by the action of an acid contained in the composition, and other optional components will be described in detail.
[1]酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂(A)(以後、単に「樹脂(A)」とも称する。)
 酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂(A)は、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」又は「樹脂(A)」ともいう。)を挙げることができる。
 樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
 酸分解性基は、酸の作用により分解し脱離する基によって極性基が保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液中で難溶化又は不溶化する基であれば特に限定されないが、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(従来レジストの現像液として用いられている、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、又はアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
[1] Resin (A) having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “resin (A)”)
Resin (A) having a group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to generate a polar group is decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a polar group in the main chain or side chain of the resin or both of the main chain and the side chain. And a resin having a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable resin” or “resin (A)”).
The resin (A) is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group that decomposes and leaves under the action of an acid.
The polar group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that is hardly soluble or insoluble in a developer containing an organic solvent. , Sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl Sulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group and other acidic groups (2.38 mass% tetra, conventionally used as a resist developer) Methylan Group dissociates in onium hydroxide aqueous solution), or alcoholic hydroxyl group.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子などの電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、フッ素化アルコール基(ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基など))は除くものとする。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKaが12以上且つ20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。
 好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基が挙げられ、本発明の効果がより優れるという理由から、カルボキシル基がより好ましい。
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸で脱離する基で置換した基である。
 酸で脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and means a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group). An aliphatic alcohol substituted with a functional group (for example, a fluorinated alcohol group (such as a hexafluoroisopropanol group)) is excluded. The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa of 12 or more and 20 or less.
Preferable polar groups include a carboxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol group), and a sulfonic acid group, and a carboxyl group is more preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
A preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
Examples of the group capable of leaving with an acid include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、オクチル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、多環型としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましい。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましい。
 R36とR37とが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数5の単環のシクロアルキル基が特に好ましい。
The alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl Group, octyl group and the like.
The cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, and the polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Note that at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
The ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). The cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group. A monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
 酸分解性基としては好ましくは、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、第3級のアルキルエステル基等である。更に好ましくは、第3級アルキルエステル基である。 The acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
 また、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸の作用により極性基としてカルボキシル基を発生するものである。
The resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
The repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI). The repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) generates a carboxyl group as a polar group by the action of an acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 一般式(AI)に於いて、
 Xa1は、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
In general formula (AI),
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、-COO-Rt-基、-O-Rt-基、フェニレン基等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表す。
 Tは、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、2価の連結基が好ましい。Tが2価の連結基である場合、酸の作用により発生する極性基の運動性が向上し、後述する添加剤と相互作用しやすくなり本発明の効果がより優れる。
 なお、2価の連結基としては、-COO-Rt-基が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH2-基、-(CH22-基、-(CH23-基がより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
T is preferably a divalent linking group in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. When T is a divalent linking group, the mobility of the polar group generated by the action of an acid is improved, and the effect of the present invention is further improved because it easily interacts with an additive described later.
The divalent linking group is preferably a —COO—Rt— group. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
 Xa1のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Xa1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 Xa1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
The alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rx1、Rx2及びRx3のアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基などの炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。
 Rx1、Rx2及びRx3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and is a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. And those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as t-butyl group are preferred.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group Are preferred.
 Rx1、Rx2及びRx3の2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環などの単環のシクロアルカン環、ノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、アダマンタン環などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5又は6の単環のシクロアルカン環が特に好ましい。
 Rx1、Rx2及びRx3は、各々独立に、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
The ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring and cyclohexyl ring, norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, adamantane ring A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable. A monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 上記各基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~8)、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)などが挙げられ、炭素数8以下が好ましい。なかでも、酸分解前後での有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解コントラストをより向上させる観点から、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子などのヘテロ原子を有さない置換基であることがより好ましく(例えば、水酸基で置換されたアルキル基などではないことがより好ましく)、水素原子及び炭素原子のみからなる基であることが更に好ましく、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。 Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the dissolution contrast with respect to the developer containing an organic solvent before and after acid decomposition, a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable (for example, More preferably, it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), more preferably a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom, and particularly preferably a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. .
 以下に一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。
 具体例中、Rxは、水素原子、CH3、CF3、又はCH2OHを表す。Rxa、Rxbはそれぞれ炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。Xa1は、水素原子、CH3、CF3、又はCH2OHを表す。Zは、置換基を表し、複数存在する場合、複数のZは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。pは0又は正の整数を表す。Zの具体例及び好ましい例は、Rx1~Rx3などの各基が有し得る置換基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (AI) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
In specific examples, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other. p represents 0 or a positive integer. Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種類であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種併用する場合、その好ましい組合せとしては、米国特許出願公開第2012/0009522号明細書の段落<0121>以後に構造が例示されている組合せがあげられる(なお、米国特許出願公開第2012/0009522号明細書は、本明細書に組み込まれる)。 One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two types are used in combination, a preferable combination is a combination whose structure is exemplified after paragraph <0121> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0009522 (Note that US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0009 / No. 0009522 is incorporated herein).
 樹脂(A)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば、20モル%以上であり、本発明の効果がより優れるという理由から、35モル%以上であることが好ましく、40モル%以上であることがより好ましい。
 上限は特に限定されないが、例えば、80モル%以下であり、70モル%以下が好ましく、65モル%以下がより好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group contained in the resin (A) (when there are a plurality of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group, the total) is based on the total repeating units of the resin (A), For example, it is 20 mol% or more, and from the reason that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferably 35 mol% or more, and more preferably 40 mol% or more.
Although an upper limit is not specifically limited, For example, it is 80 mol% or less, 70 mol% or less is preferable and 65 mol% or less is more preferable.
 このような樹脂(A)は、更に、例えば、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、環状ケトン構造、環状スルホン構造、および、環状エーテル構造などの構造を有していてもよい。
 ラクトン構造およびスルトン構造については、後述する。
 ここで、環状ケトン構造は、ラクトン構造を除く環状ケトン構造を意味し、例えば、シクロブタノン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン等が挙げられる。
 また、環状スルホン構造は、スルトン構造を除く環状スルホン構造を意味し、例えば、スルホランが挙げられる。
 また、環状エーテル構造は、ラクトン構造を除く環状エーテル構造を意味し、例えば、環状部分の炭素数が2~6の環状エーテル構造が挙げられ、その具体例としては、オキシラン環、オキセタン環、1,3-ジオキセタン環などのジオキセタン環;テトラヒドロフラン環、1,3-ジオキソラン環などのジオキソラン環;テトラヒドロピラン環、1,3-ジオキサン環、1,4-ジオキサン環などのジオキサン環;オキセパン環、1,3-ジオキセパン環、1,4-ジオキセパン環などのジオキセパン環;等が挙げられる。
Such a resin (A) may further have a structure such as a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, a cyclic sulfone structure, and a cyclic ether structure.
The lactone structure and sultone structure will be described later.
Here, the cyclic ketone structure means a cyclic ketone structure excluding a lactone structure, and examples thereof include cyclobutanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, and cyclooctanone.
The cyclic sulfone structure means a cyclic sulfone structure excluding a sultone structure, and examples thereof include sulfolane.
The cyclic ether structure means a cyclic ether structure excluding a lactone structure, and examples thereof include a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 6 carbon atoms in the cyclic portion. Specific examples thereof include an oxirane ring, an oxetane ring, Dioxetane rings such as 1,3-dioxetane ring; Dioxolane rings such as tetrahydrofuran ring and 1,3-dioxolane ring; Dioxane rings such as tetrahydropyran ring, 1,3-dioxane ring and 1,4-dioxane ring; Oxepan ring, 1 And dioxepane rings such as 1,3-dioxepane ring and 1,4-dioxepane ring.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、環状ケトン構造、および、環状スルホン構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有することが好ましく、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、環状ケトン構造、および、環状スルホン構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有することがより好ましい。これにより、本発明の効果がより優れる。 The resin (A) preferably has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, and a cyclic sulfone structure, and a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, and More preferably, it contains a repeating unit having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of cyclic sulfone structures. Thereby, the effect of this invention is more excellent.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればいずれでも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は、5~7員環スルトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は、下記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造、を有する繰り返し単位を有することがさらに好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましいラクトン構造としては(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-5)、(LC1-6)、(LC1-13)、(LC1-14)、(LC1-17)であり、特に好ましいラクトン構造は(LC1-4)である。 Any lactone structure or sultone structure can be used as long as it has a lactone structure or sultone structure, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable. Other ring structures are condensed in a form that forms a bicyclo structure or spiro structure in a membered lactone structure, or other rings that form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure Those having a condensed ring structure are more preferable. A lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a sultone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), More preferably, it has a repeating unit having A lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred lactone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (LC1-17), especially A preferred lactone structure is (LC1-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb2)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb2)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、酸分解性基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、酸分解性基である。n2は、0~4の整数を表す。n2が2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb2)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb2)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure part or sultone structure part may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位は、通常、光学異性体が存在するが、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)が90%以上のものが好ましく、より好ましくは95%以上である。 The repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used. One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 上記一般式(III)中、
 Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
 R0は、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立にアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はそれらを2種以上組み合わせた基を表す。
 Zは、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合
In the general formula (III),
A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
R 0 independently represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination of two or more of them when there are a plurality of R 0 .
Z is independently a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urethane bond when there are a plurality of Zs.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
又はウレア結合 Or urea bond
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
を表す。ここで、Rは、各々独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R8は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 nは、-R0-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R0-Z-は存在せず、単結合となる。
Represents. Here, each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, —R 0 —Z— does not exist and becomes a single bond.
 R0における好ましい鎖状アルキレン基としては炭素数が1~10の鎖状のアルキレン基が好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~5であり、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等が挙げられる。好ましいシクロアルキレン基としては、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基であり、例えば、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロペンチレン基、ノルボルニレン基、アダマンチレン基等が挙げられる。本発明の効果を発現するためには鎖状アルキレン基がより好ましく、メチレン基が特に好ましい。
 Zは好ましくは、エーテル結合、エステル結合であり、特に好ましくはエステル結合である。
The preferred chain alkylene group for R 0 is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group. . A preferred cycloalkylene group is a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a norbornylene group, and an adamantylene group. In order to exhibit the effect of the present invention, a chain alkylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is particularly preferable.
Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond.
 R7は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 R7のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基がより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 R7は、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group for R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
 R0のアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、およびR7におけるアルキル基は、各々置換されていてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子など)、メルカプト基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられる。 Alkylene group R 0, the alkyl group in a cycloalkylene group and R 7, may be respectively substituted, the substituent, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom), a mercapto Group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, acyloxy group and the like.
 R8で表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していれば限定されず、具体例として一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)及び、(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)の内のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が挙げられ、これらのうち(LC1-4)で表される構造が特に好ましい。また、(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)におけるn2は2以下のものがより好ましい。
 また、R8は無置換のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基、或いはメチル基、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を置換基として有するラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基が好ましく、シアノ基を置換基として有するラクトン構造(シアノラクトン)を有する1価の有機基がより好ましい。
The monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by R 8 is not limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). And a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by any one of (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), and a structure represented by (LC1-4) is particularly preferable. Further, n 2 in (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) is more preferably 2 or less.
R 8 is preferably a monovalent organic group having an unsubstituted lactone structure or sultone structure, or a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or sultone structure having a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent. A monovalent organic group having a lactone structure (cyanolactone) having a cyano group as a substituent is more preferable.
 以下にラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 本発明の効果を高めるために、2種以上のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を併用することも可能である。 In order to enhance the effect of the present invention, it is also possible to use a repeating unit having two or more lactone structures or sultone structures in combination.
 樹脂(A)がラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、5~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~55モル%、更に好ましくは10~50モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
 また、樹脂(A)は、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 Further, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure.
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。これにより基板密着性、現像液親和性が向上する。水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。
 また、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なることが好ましい(すなわち、酸に対して安定な繰り返し単位であることが好ましい)。
 水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造に於ける、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、ジアマンチル基、ノルボルナン基が好ましい。
 より好ましくは、下記一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, and preferably has no acid-decomposable group.
In addition, the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably different from the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (that is, it is a stable repeating unit with respect to an acid). preferable).
The alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably an adamantyl group, a diamantyl group, or a norbornane group.
More preferred examples include repeating units represented by any of the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式中、Rxは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、又は、トリフルオロメチル基を表す。
 Abは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Abにより表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、エステル結合、アミド結合、エーテル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、又はそれらの2種以上の組み合わせ等が挙げられる。アルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基がより好ましく、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等が挙げられる。
 本発明の一形態において、Abは、単結合、又は、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。
 Rpは、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、又は、ヒドロキシアルキル基を表す。複数のRpは、同一でも異なっていてもよいが、複数のRpの内の少なくとも1つは、ヒドロキシル基又はヒドロキシアルキル基を表す。
In the formula, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.
Ab represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Ab include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination of two or more thereof. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
In one embodiment of the present invention, Ab is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
Rp represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. The plurality of Rp may be the same or different, but at least one of the plurality of Rp represents a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group.
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を含有していても、含有していなくてもよいが、樹脂(A)が水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~40モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~30モル%、更に好ましくは5~25モル%である。なお、樹脂(A)は、構造の異なる2種以上の、水酸基またはシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を含有してもよい。 The resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, but when the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, The content of the repeating unit having a cyano group is preferably 1 to 40 mol%, more preferably 3 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). . The resin (A) may contain two or more types of repeating units having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group having different structures.
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 本発明における樹脂(A)は、更に極性基(例えば、上記酸基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基)を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有することができる。これにより、液浸露光時にレジスト膜から液浸液への低分子成分の溶出が低減できるとともに、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像の際に樹脂の溶解性を適切に調整することができる。このような繰り返し単位としては、一般式(IV)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 The resin (A) in the present invention may further have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the above acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. . As a result, the elution of low molecular components from the resist film to the immersion liquid during immersion exposure can be reduced, and the solubility of the resin can be appropriately adjusted during development using a developer containing an organic solvent. . Examples of such a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(IV)中、R5は少なくとも1つの環状構造を有し、極性基を有さない炭化水素基を表す。
 Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH2-O-Ra2基を表す。式中、Ra2は、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Raは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
In general formula (IV), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 R5が有する環状構造には、単環式炭化水素基及び多環式炭化水素基が含まれる。単環式炭化水素基として、好ましくは、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。 The cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group. As the monocyclic hydrocarbon group, a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group are preferable.
 多環式炭化水素基には環集合炭化水素基、架橋環式炭化水素基が含まれ、環集合炭化水素基の例としては、ビシクロヘキシル基、パーヒドロナフタレニル基などが含まれる。架橋環式炭化水素環として、例えば、ピナン、ボルナン、ノルピナン、ノルボルナン、ビシクロオクタン環(ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン環等)などの2環式炭化水素環及び、ホモブレダン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、トリシクロ[4.3.1.12,5]ウンデカン環などの3環式炭化水素環、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカン、パーヒドロ-1,4-メタノ-5,8-メタノナフタレン環などの4環式炭化水素環などが挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環には、縮合環式炭化水素環、例えば、パーヒドロナフタレン(デカリン)、パーヒドロアントラセン、パーヒドロフェナントレン、パーヒドロアセナフテン、パーヒドロフルオレン、パーヒドロインデン、パーヒドロフェナレン環などの5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環も含まれる。 The polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group. As the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [ 4.4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodecane, and tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings such as perhydro-1,4-methano-5,8-methanonaphthalene ring. The bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene. A condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
 好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環として、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、ビシクロオクタニル基、トリシクロ[5、2、1、02,6]デカニル基などが挙げられる。より好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環としてノルボニル基、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 これらの脂環式炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよく、好ましい置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、水素原子が置換されたヒドロキシル基、水素原子が置換されたアミノ基などが挙げられる。また、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。 These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done. Moreover, you may have hetero atoms, such as an oxygen atom.
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、この繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~50モル%であり、更に好ましくは5~30モル%である。なお、樹脂(A)は、構造の異なる2種以上の、極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を含有してもよい。
 極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH3、CH2OH、又はCF3を表す。
The resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. The content is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). In addition, resin (A) may contain the repeating unit which has two or more types of alicyclic hydrocarbon structures which do not have a polar group, and which does not show acid-decomposability | different_conditions from which a structure differs.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更に感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有することができる。 The resin (A) used in the composition is a general component of dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition in addition to the above repeating structural units. It is possible to have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, and the like, which are necessary characteristics.
 このような繰り返し構造単位としては、下記の単量体に相当する繰り返し構造単位を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。 Examples of such repeating structural units include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to the following monomers.
 これにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂に要求される性能、特に、
 (1)塗布溶剤に対する溶解性、
 (2)製膜性(ガラス転移点)、
 (3)アルカリ現像性、
 (4)膜べり(親疎水性、アルカリ可溶性基選択)、
 (5)未露光部の基板への密着性、
 (6)ドライエッチング耐性、等の微調整が可能となる。
Thereby, performance required for the resin used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, in particular,
(1) Solubility in coating solvent,
(2) Film formability (glass transition point),
(3) Alkali developability,
(4) Membrane slip (hydrophobic, alkali-soluble group selection),
(5) Adhesion of unexposed part to substrate,
(6) Fine adjustment such as dry etching resistance can be performed.
 このような単量体として、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、ビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等を挙げることができる。 As such a monomer, for example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. Etc.
 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物であれば、共重合されていてもよい。 In addition, any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物のドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更には感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の一般的な必要性能である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節するために適宜設定される。 In the resin (A) used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the dry etching resistance of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, suitability for a standard developer, It is suitably set to adjust the substrate adhesion, resist profile, and further the resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are general required performances of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 樹脂(A)の形態としては、ランダム型、ブロック型、クシ型、スター型のいずれの形態でもよい。樹脂(A)は、例えば、各構造に対応する不飽和モノマーのラジカル、カチオン、又はアニオン重合により合成することができる。また各構造の前駆体に相当する不飽和モノマーを用いて重合した後に、高分子反応を行うことにより目的とする樹脂を得ることも可能である。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、ArF露光用であるとき、ArF光への透明性の点から樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香環を有さない(具体的には、樹脂中、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の比率が好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、芳香族基を有さない)ことが好ましく、樹脂(A)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、後述する疎水性樹脂(D)を含んでいる場合、樹脂(A)は、疎水性樹脂(D)との相溶性の観点から、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を含有しない(具体的には、樹脂中、フッ素原子又はケイ素原子を含有する繰り返し単位の比率が好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%)ことが好ましい。
The form of the resin (A) may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type. Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is for ArF exposure, the resin (A) has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically, In the resin, the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, it preferably has no aromatic group). The resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
In the case where the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a hydrophobic resin (D) described later, the resin (A) is a fluorine atom and a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of compatibility with the hydrophobic resin (D). Does not contain silicon atoms (specifically, the proportion of repeating units containing fluorine atoms or silicon atoms in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%) It is preferable.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)として好ましくは、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されたものである。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位の50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 The resin (A) used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably one in which all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate repeating units. In this case, all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units. Although it can be used, the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物にKrFエキシマレーザー光、電子線、X線、波長50nm以下の高エネルギー光線(EUVなど)を照射する場合には、樹脂(A)は、更に、芳香環構造を含有する繰り返し単位、例えばヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。更に好ましくはヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位と、酸分解性基で保護されたヒドロキシスチレン系繰り返し単位、(メタ)アクリル酸3級アルキルエステル等の酸分解性繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, high-energy light beam (EUV, etc.) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) is further fragrant. It is preferable to have a repeating unit containing a ring structure, for example, a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit. More preferably, it has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit protected with an acid-decomposable group, and an acid-decomposable repeating unit such as a (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester.
 ヒドロキシスチレン系の好ましい酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、t-ブトキシカルボニルオキシスチレン、1-アルコキシエトキシスチレン、(メタ)アクリル酸3級アルキルエステルによる繰り返し単位等を挙げることができ、2-アルキル-2-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート及びジアルキル(1-アダマンチル)メチル(メタ)アクリレートによる繰り返し単位がより好ましい。 Examples of the repeating unit having a preferable acid-decomposable group based on hydroxystyrene include, for example, a repeating unit of t-butoxycarbonyloxystyrene, 1-alkoxyethoxystyrene, (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester, and the like. More preferred are repeating units of 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate and dialkyl (1-adamantyl) methyl (meth) acrylate.
 芳香環構造を含有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂の具体例としては、例えば、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0104>~<0108>に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the resin having a repeating unit containing an aromatic ring structure include, for example, resins described in paragraphs <0104> to <0108> of JP-A-2014-232310.
 本発明における樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合、リビングラジカル重合、アニオン重合)合成することができる。例えば、特開2012-073402号公報の段落<0121>~<0128>(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/077122号明細書の段落<0203>~<0211>)の記載を参照でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization). For example, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs <0121> to <0128> of JP2012-073402 (corresponding to paragraphs <0203> to <0211> of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0777122). The contents are incorporated herein.
 本発明における樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、上記のように5,000以上であり、本発明の効果がより優れるという理由から、7,000以上が好ましく、12,000以上がより好ましく、17,000以上が更に好ましい。
 なお、樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw)の上限は特に限定されないが、例えば、200,000以下であり、100,000以下が好ましく、50,000以下がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) in the present invention is 5,000 or more as described above, and is preferably 7,000 or more, more preferably 12,000 or more because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. More preferably, 17,000 or more is even more preferable.
In addition, although the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of resin (A) is not specifically limited, For example, it is 200,000 or less, 100,000 or less are preferable and 50,000 or less are more preferable.
 重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)である分散度(分子量分布)は、通常、例えば1.0~3.0であり、好ましくは1.0~2.6、更に好ましくは1.0~2.0、特に好ましくは1.4~2.0の範囲のものが使用される。分子量分布の小さいものほど、解像度、レジスト形状が優れ、かつ、レジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性により優れる。 The dispersity (molecular weight distribution), which is the ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn), is usually 1.0 to 3.0, for example, preferably 1.0 to Those having a range of 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, particularly preferably 1.4 to 2.0 are used. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and the resist shape, and the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, the better the roughness.
 なお、本発明において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、展開溶媒としてテトラヒドロフラン(THF)を用いて、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC:Gel Permeation Chromatography)法により求められるポリスチレン換算値である。
 より詳細には、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)の測定は、下記条件で、GPCを用いて行う。
 ・カラムの種類:TSK gel Multipore HXL-M(東ソー(株)製、7.8mmID×30.0cm
 ・展開溶媒:THF(テトラヒドロフラン)
 ・カラム温度:40℃
 ・流量:1mL/min
 ・サンプル注入量:10μL
 ・装置名:HLC-8120(東ソー(株)製)
In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are converted to polystyrene using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a developing solvent. Value.
More specifically, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are measured using GPC under the following conditions.
Column type: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 7.8 mm ID × 30.0 cm)
・ Developing solvent: THF (tetrahydrofuran)
-Column temperature: 40 ° C
・ Flow rate: 1 mL / min
Sample injection volume: 10 μL
・ Device name: HLC-8120 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、樹脂(A)の組成物全体中の配合率は、全固形分中30~99質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは60~95質量%である。
 また、本発明において、樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the whole composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content.
In the present invention, the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
[2]活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)
 本発明で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、通常、更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)(以下、「酸発生剤」「化合物(B)」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。なお、化合物(B)は、上述した樹脂(A)に含まれていてもよい。より具体的には、化合物(B)は、樹脂(A)に化学結合を介して連結されていてもよい。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量が3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、上述した酸分解性樹脂の一部に組み込まれてもよく、酸分解性樹脂とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 本発明において、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 酸発生剤としては、光カチオン重合の光開始剤、光ラジカル重合の光開始剤、色素類の光消色剤、光変色剤、あるいはマイクロレジスト等に使用されている、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物及びそれらの混合物を適宜に選択して使用することができる。
[2] Compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention is usually a compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator” “compound (B ) ”)). The compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. In addition, the compound (B) may be contained in the resin (A) described above. More specifically, the compound (B) may be linked to the resin (A) via a chemical bond.
The compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Moreover, you may use together the form incorporated in a part of polymer and the form of a low molecular compound.
When the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
When the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in a form incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above, and is acid-decomposable. It may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin.
In the present invention, the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
As the acid generator, photo-initiator of photocation polymerization, photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc. The known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
 たとえば、酸発生剤としては、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、o-ニトロベンジルスルホネートを挙げることができる。 For example, examples of the acid generator include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
 酸発生剤の内で好ましい化合物として、下記一般式(ZI)、(ZII)、(ZIII)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 Preferred compounds among the acid generators include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII), and (ZIII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30、好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)を挙げることができる。
 Z-は、非求核性アニオンを表す。
In the general formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Further, two members out of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion.
 Z-としての非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン、カルボン酸アニオン、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチルアニオン等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion as Z include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfonylimide anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion.
 非求核性アニオンとは、求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオンであり、分子内求核反応による経時分解を抑制することができるアニオンである。これにより感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の経時安定性が向上する。 A non-nucleophilic anion is an anion having a remarkably low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction, and an anion capable of suppressing degradation with time due to an intramolecular nucleophilic reaction. Thereby, the temporal stability of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is improved.
 スルホン酸アニオンとしては、例えば、脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、カンファースルホン酸アニオンなどが挙げられる。
 カルボン酸アニオンとしては、例えば、脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンなどが挙げられる。
Examples of the sulfonate anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, and a camphor sulfonate anion.
Examples of the carboxylate anion include an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, and an aralkylcarboxylate anion.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基及び炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデシル基、オクタデシル基、ノナデシル基、エイコシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基等を挙げることができる。 The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl , Undecyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group, tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group, heptadecyl group, octadecyl group, nonadecyl group, eicosyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group, etc. Can be mentioned.
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおける芳香族基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基の置換基としては、例えば、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、沃素原子)、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)、アルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~20)、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数10~20)、アルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数5~20)、シクロアルキルアルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数8~20)等を挙げることができる。各基が有するアリール基及び環構造については、置換基として更にアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion include, for example, a nitro group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), carboxyl group Hydroxyl group, amino group, cyano group, alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group ( Preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms, acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (Preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), ant Ruoxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), alkyloxyalkyloxy group (Preferably having 5 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms), and the like. Regarding the aryl group and ring structure of each group, examples of the substituent further include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数7~12のアラルキル基、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、ナフチルブチル基等を挙げることができる。 As the aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion, preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like can be mentioned.
 脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン及びアラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びアラルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけるものと同様のハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基等を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group in the aliphatic carboxylate anion, aromatic carboxylate anion and aralkylcarboxylate anion may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include the same halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group and the like as those in the aromatic sulfonate anion.
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンを挙げることができる。 Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基等を挙げることができる。
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおける2つのアルキル基が互いに連結してアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~4)を成し、イミド基及び2つのスルホニル基とともに環を形成していてもよい。これらのアルキル基及びビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおける2つのアルキル基が互いに連結して成すアルキレン基が有し得る置換基としてはハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基等を挙げることができ、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、フッ素化燐(例えば、PF6 -)、フッ素化硼素(例えば、BF4 -)、フッ素化アンチモン等(例えば、SbF6 -)を挙げることができる。
The alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. Group, sec-butyl group, pentyl group, neopentyl group and the like.
Two alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be linked to each other to form an alkylene group (preferably having 2 to 4 carbon atoms) and form a ring together with the imide group and the two sulfonyl groups. The alkylene group formed by linking two alkyl groups in these alkyl groups and bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anions may have a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group. , An alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryloxysulfonyl group, a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group, and the like, and an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
Examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus (for example, PF 6 ), fluorinated boron (for example, BF 4 ), fluorinated antimony (for example, SbF 6 ), and the like. .
 Z-の非求核性アニオンとしては、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。非求核性アニオンとして、より好ましくは炭素数4~8のパーフロロ脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子を有するベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、更により好ましくはノナフロロブタンスルホン酸アニオン、パーフロロオクタンスルホン酸アニオン、ペンタフロロベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、3,5-ビス(トリフロロメチル)ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンである。 As the non-nucleophilic anion of Z , an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least α position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, an alkyl group Is preferably a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion wherein an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom. The non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, Pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
 酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により下記一般式(V)又は(VI)で表される酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。下記一般式(V)又は(VI)で表される酸を発生する化合物であることにより環状の有機基を有するので、解像性、及び、ラフネス性能をより優れたものにできる。
 上記非求核性アニオンとしては、下記一般式(V)又は(VI)で表される有機酸を生じるアニオンとすることができる。
The acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since it is a compound that generates an acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI) and has a cyclic organic group, the resolution and roughness performance can be further improved.
As said non-nucleophilic anion, it can be set as the anion which produces the organic acid represented by the following general formula (V) or (VI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記一般式中、
 Xfは、各々独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 R11及びR12は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基を表す。
 Lは、各々独立に、2価の連結基を表す。
 Cyは、環状の有機基を表す。
 Rfは、フッ素原子を含んだ基である。
 xは、1~20の整数を表す。
 yは、0~10の整数を表す。
 zは、0~10の整数を表す。
In the above general formula,
Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group.
L each independently represents a divalent linking group.
Cy represents a cyclic organic group.
Rf is a group containing a fluorine atom.
x represents an integer of 1 to 20.
y represents an integer of 0 to 10.
z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 Xfは、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Xfは、好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。Xfは、フッ素原子又はCF3であることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。
Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Xf is more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
 R11及びR12は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基である。このアルキル基は、置換基(好ましくはフッ素原子)を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。更に好ましくは炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。R11及びR12の置換基を有するアルキル基としては、CF3が好ましい。 R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group. This alkyl group may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group having a substituent for R 11 and R 12 is preferably CF 3 .
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。この2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~10)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)又はこれらを2種以上組み合わせた2価の連結基などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO2-、-COO-アルキレン基-又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。 L represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and the like. (Preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms) or a divalent linking group in which two or more of these are combined. It is done. Among these, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —COO-alkylene group—, —OCO-alkylene group—, —CONH— alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
 Cyは、環状の有機基を表す。環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が、PEB(露光後加熱)工程での膜中拡散性の抑制及びMEEF(Mask Error Enhancement Factor)の向上の観点から好ましい。
Cy represents a cyclic organic group. Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include alicyclic groups having a bulky structure of 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. From the viewpoint of suppressing diffusibility in the film in the PEB (post-exposure heating) step and improving MEEF (Mask Error Enhancement Factor).
 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。中でも、193nmにおける光吸光度が比較的低いナフチル基が好ましい。 The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group. Among these, a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよいが、多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環又はスルトン環、及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。また、ラクトン環又はスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂(A)において例示したラクトン構造又はスルトンが挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring or a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. As the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable. Examples of the lactone ring or sultone ring include the lactone structure or sultone exemplified in the aforementioned resin (A).
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic). Well, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, and sulfonic acid An ester group is mentioned. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 xは1~8が好ましく、中でも1~4が好ましく、1が特に好ましい。yは0~4が好ましく、0がより好ましい。zは0~8が好ましく、中でも0~4が好ましい。
 Rfで表されるフッ素原子を含んだ基としては、例えば、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキル基、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及び少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基が挙げられる。
 これらアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、フッ素原子により置換されていてもよく、フッ素原子を含んだ他の置換基により置換されていてもよい。Rfが少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基である場合、フッ素原子を含んだ他の置換基としては、例えば、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられる。
 また、これらアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、フッ素原子を含んでいない置換基によって更に置換されていてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、先にCyについて説明したもののうち、フッ素原子を含んでいないものを挙げることができる。
 Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキル基としては、例えば、Xfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基として先に説明したのと同様のものが挙げられる。Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、パーフルオロシクロペンチル基、及びパーフルオロシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。Rfにより表される少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、例えば、パーフルオロフェニル基が挙げられる。
x is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1. y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0. z is preferably 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 4.
Examples of the group containing a fluorine atom represented by Rf include an alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom, and an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom. .
These alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, or may be substituted with another substituent containing a fluorine atom. When Rf is a cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom, other substituents containing a fluorine atom include, for example, alkyl substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Groups.
Further, these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may be further substituted with a substituent not containing a fluorine atom. As this substituent, the thing which does not contain a fluorine atom among what was demonstrated about Cy previously can be mentioned, for example.
Examples of the alkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include those described above as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom represented by Xf. Examples of the cycloalkyl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorocyclopentyl group and a perfluorocyclohexyl group. Examples of the aryl group having at least one fluorine atom represented by Rf include a perfluorophenyl group.
 更に好ましい(ZI)成分として、以下に説明する化合物(ZI-1)、(ZI-2)、及び(ZI-3)及び(ZI-4)を挙げることができる。 Further preferred examples of the (ZI) component include compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2), (ZI-3) and (ZI-4) described below.
 化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、即ち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
The compound (ZI-1) will be described.
Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基で、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基でもよい。 In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group with the remaining being an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物を挙げることができる。 Examples of the arylsulfonium compound include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物のアリール基としてはフェニル基、ナフチル基が好ましく、更に好ましくはフェニル基である。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、ベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The aryl group of the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基及び炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロヘキシル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, Examples include an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、フェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。好ましい置換基としては炭素数1~12の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~12の直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基である。置換基は、3つのR201~R203のうちのいずれか1つに置換していてもよいし、3つ全てに置換していてもよい。また、R201~R203がアリール基の場合に、置換基はアリール基のp-位に置換していることが好ましい。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (for example, 6 to 14 carbon atoms). , An alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group may be substituted. Preferred substituents are linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon atoms. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The substituent may be substituted with any one of the three R 201 to R 203 , or may be substituted with all three. Further, when R 201 to R 203 are an aryl group, the substituent is preferably substituted at the p-position of the aryl group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含有する芳香族環も包含するものである。
Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.
Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
 R201~R203としての芳香環を含有しない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30、好ましくは炭素数1~20である。 The organic group not containing an aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、ビニル基であり、更に好ましくは直鎖又は分岐の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルメチル基、特に好ましくは直鎖又は分岐2-オキソアルキル基である。 R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, 2-oxocycloalkyl group, alkoxy group. A carbonylmethyl group, particularly preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基)、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボニル基)を挙げることができる。アルキル基として、より好ましくは2-オキソアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルメチル基を挙げることができる。シクロアルキル基として、より好ましくは、2-オキソシクロアルキル基を挙げることができる。 As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 , a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group). More preferred examples of the alkyl group include a 2-oxoalkyl group and an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group. More preferred examples of the cycloalkyl group include a 2-oxocycloalkyl group.
 2-オキソアルキル基は、直鎖又は分岐のいずれであってもよく、好ましくは、上記のアルキル基の2位に>C=Oを有する基を挙げることができる。
 2-オキソシクロアルキル基は、好ましくは、上記のシクロアルキル基の2位に>C=Oを有する基を挙げることができる。
The 2-oxoalkyl group may be linear or branched, and a group having> C═O at the 2-position of the above alkyl group is preferable.
The 2-oxocycloalkyl group is preferably a group having> C═O at the 2-position of the above cycloalkyl group.
 アルコキシカルボニルメチル基におけるアルコキシ基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基(メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペントキシ基)を挙げることができる。 The alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonylmethyl group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentoxy group).
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、ニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。 R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-3)とは、以下の一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物であり、フェナシルスルホニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.
The compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3), and is a compound having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(ZI-3)に於いて、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアリール基を表す。
 Rx及びRyは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基又はビニル基を表す。
In general formula (ZI-3),
R 1c to R 5c are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group Represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとRx、及びRxとRyは、それぞれ結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の複素環、又は、これらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。環構造としては、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましい。
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRxとRyが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基等を挙げることができる。
 R5cとR6c、及び、R5cとRxが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基であることが好ましく、アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基等を挙げることができる。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to form a ring structure. In addition, this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, or a polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring structure include 3- to 10-membered rings, preferably 4- to 8-membered rings, more preferably 5- or 6-membered rings.
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, and examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group. .
 Zc-は、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZ-と同様の非求核性アニオンを挙げることができる。 Zc represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z − in formula (ZI).
 R1c~R7cとしてのアルキル基は、直鎖又は分岐のいずれであってもよく、例えば炭素数1~20個のアルキル基、好ましくは炭素数1~12個の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、直鎖又は分岐プロピル基、直鎖又は分岐ブチル基、直鎖又は分岐ペンチル基)を挙げることができ、シクロアルキル基としては、例えば炭素数3~10個のシクロアルキル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基)を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group as R 1c to R 7c may be either linear or branched, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms ( Examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a linear or branched propyl group, a linear or branched butyl group, and a linear or branched pentyl group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkyl group (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group) can be mentioned.
 R1c~R5cとしてのアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数5~15であり、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基を挙げることができる。 The aryl group as R 1c to R 5c preferably has 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
 R1c~R5cとしてのアルコキシ基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、好ましくは、炭素数1~5の直鎖及び分岐アルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、直鎖又は分岐プロポキシ基、直鎖又は分岐ブトキシ基、直鎖又は分岐ペントキシ基)、炭素数3~10の環状アルコキシ基(例えば、シクロペンチルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基)を挙げることができる。 The alkoxy group as R 1c to R 5c may be linear, branched or cyclic, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. (For example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, linear or branched propoxy group, linear or branched butoxy group, linear or branched pentoxy group), cyclic alkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group) ).
 R1c~R5cとしてのアルコキシカルボニル基におけるアルコキシ基の具体例は、上記R1c~R5cとしてのアルコキシ基の具体例と同様である。 Specific examples of the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonyl group as R 1c ~ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the alkoxy group as the R 1c ~ R 5c.
 R1c~R5cとしてのアルキルカルボニルオキシ基及びアルキルチオ基におけるアルキル基の具体例は、上記R1c~R5cとしてのアルキル基の具体例と同様である。 Specific examples of the alkyl group in the alkylcarbonyloxy group and alkylthio group as R 1c ~ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the alkyl group of the R 1c ~ R 5c.
 R1c~R5cとしてのシクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基におけるシクロアルキル基の具体例は、上記R1c~R5cとしてのシクロアルキル基の具体例と同様である。 Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group in the cycloalkyl carbonyl group as R 1c ~ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the cycloalkyl group of the R 1c ~ R 5c.
 R1c~R5cとしてのアリールオキシ基及びアリールチオ基におけるアリール基の具体例は、上記R1c~R5cとしてのアリール基の具体例と同様である。
 好ましくは、R1c~R5cの内のいずれかが直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又は直鎖、分岐若しくは環状アルコキシ基であり、更に好ましくは、R1c~R5cの炭素数の和が2~15である。これにより、より溶剤溶解性が向上し、保存時にパーティクルの発生が抑制される。
Specific examples of the aryl group in the aryloxy group and arylthio group as R 1c ~ R 5c are the same as specific examples of the aryl group of the R 1c ~ R 5c.
Preferably, any one of R 1c to R 5c is a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group, and more preferably the sum of carbon numbers of R 1c to R 5c. Is 2-15. Thereby, solvent solubility improves more and generation | occurrence | production of a particle is suppressed at the time of a preservation | save.
 R1c~R5cのいずれか2つ以上が互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、好ましくは5員又は6員の環、特に好ましくは6員の環(例えばフェニル環)が挙げられる。 The ring structure that any two or more of R 1c to R 5c may be bonded to each other is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, particularly preferably a 6-membered ring (for example, a phenyl ring). It is done.
 R5c及びR6cが互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、R5c及びR6cが互いに結合して単結合又はアルキレン基(メチレン基、エチレン基等)を構成することにより、一般式(ZI-3)中のカルボニル炭素原子及び炭素原子と共に形成する4員以上の環(特に好ましくは5~6員の環)が挙げられる。 The ring structure which may be formed by R 5c and R 6c are bonded to each other, bonded R 5c and R 6c are each other a single bond or an alkylene group (methylene group, ethylene group, etc.) by configuring the generally Examples thereof include a carbonyl carbon atom in formula (ZI-3) and a 4-membered or more ring formed with the carbon atom (particularly preferably a 5-6 membered ring).
 R6c及びR7cとしてのアリール基としては、好ましくは炭素数5~15であり、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基を挙げることができる。
 R6c及びR7cの態様としては、その両方がアルキル基である場合が好ましい。特に、R6c及びR7cが各々炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐状アルキル基である場合が好ましく、とりわけ、両方がメチル基である場合が好ましい。
The aryl group as R 6c and R 7c preferably has 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
As an aspect of R 6c and R 7c , it is preferable that both of them are alkyl groups. In particular, R 6c and R 7c are each preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably both are methyl groups.
 また、R6cとR7cとが結合して環を形成する場合に、R6cとR7cとが結合して形成する基としては、炭素数2~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、例えば、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基などを挙げることができる。また、R6cとR7cとが結合して形成する環は、環内に酸素原子等のヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。 In addition, when R 6c and R 7c are combined to form a ring, the group formed by combining R 6c and R 7c is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an ethylene group , Propylene group, butylene group, pentylene group, hexylene group and the like. The ring formed by combining R 6c and R 7c may have a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom in the ring.
 Rx及びRyとしてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、R1c~R7cにおけるのと同様のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基を挙げることができる。 Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as R x and R y include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as in R 1c to R 7c .
 Rx及びRyとしての2-オキソアルキル基及び2-オキソシクロアルキル基は、R1c~R7cとしてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の2位に>C=Oを有する基を挙げることができる。 Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group and 2-oxocycloalkyl group as R x and R y include groups having> C═O at the 2-position of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as R 1c to R 7c. .
 Rx及びRyとしてのアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基におけるアルコキシ基については、R1c~R5cおけるのと同様のアルコキシ基を挙げることができ、アルキル基については、例えば、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、好ましくは、炭素数1~5の直鎖のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基)を挙げることができる。 Examples of the alkoxy group in the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R x and R y include the same alkoxy groups as in R 1c to R 5c , and examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Preferably, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group or an ethyl group) can be used.
 Rx及びRyとしてのアリル基としては特に制限は無いが、無置換のアリル基、又は、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基)で置換されたアリル基であることが好ましい。 The allyl group as R x and R y is not particularly limited, but is substituted with an unsubstituted allyl group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms). An allyl group is preferred.
 Rx及びRyとしてのビニル基としては特に制限は無いが、無置換のビニル基、又は、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基)で置換されたビニル基であることが好ましい。 The vinyl group as R x and R y is not particularly limited, but is substituted with an unsubstituted vinyl group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms). It is preferably a vinyl group.
 R5c及びRxが互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、R5c及びRxが互いに結合して単結合又はアルキレン基(メチレン基、エチレン基等)を構成することにより、一般式(ZI-3)中の硫黄原子とカルボニル炭素原子と共に形成する5員以上の環(特に好ましくは5員の環)が挙げられる。 The ring structure which may be formed by R 5c and R x are bonded to each other, bonded R 5c and R x each other a single bond or an alkylene group (methylene group, ethylene group, etc.) by configuring the generally Examples thereof include a 5-membered or more ring (particularly preferably a 5-membered ring) formed with a sulfur atom and a carbonyl carbon atom in the formula (ZI-3).
 Rx及びRyが互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、2価のRx及びRy(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等)が一般式(ZI-3)中の硫黄原子と共に形成する5員又は6員の環、特に好ましくは5員の環(即ち、テトラヒドロチオフェン環)が挙げられる。 As the ring structure that R x and R y may be bonded to each other, divalent R x and R y (for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and the like) are represented by the general formula (ZI-3): A 5-membered or 6-membered ring formed with a sulfur atom, particularly preferably a 5-membered ring (that is, a tetrahydrothiophene ring).
 Rx及びRyは、好ましくは炭素数4個以上のアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは6個以上、更に好ましくは8個以上のアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基である。 R x and R y are preferably an alkyl group or cycloalkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, more preferably 6 or more, and still more preferably 8 or more alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
 R1c~R7c、Rx及びRyは、更に置換基を有していてもよく、そのような置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシアルキル基、アリールオシキアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基等を挙げることができる。 R 1c to R 7c , R x and R y may further have a substituent. Examples of such a substituent include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, Group, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, acyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkoxyalkyl group, aryloxyalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryl An oxycarbonyloxy group etc. can be mentioned.
 上記一般式(ZI-3)中、R1c、R2c、R4c及びR5cが、各々独立に、水素原子を表し、R3cが水素原子以外の基、すなわち、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表すことがより好ましい。 In the general formula (ZI-3), R 1c , R 2c , R 4c and R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, and R 3c is a group other than a hydrogen atom, that is, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, More preferably, it represents an aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkylthio group or arylthio group.
 本発明における一般式(ZI-2)又は(ZI-3)で表される化合物のカチオンとしては、以下の具体例が挙げられる。 Examples of the cation of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-2) or (ZI-3) in the present invention include the following specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。
Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.
The compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(ZI-4)中、
 R13は水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R15は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表す。2個のR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 Zは、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZと同様の非求核性アニオンを挙げることができる。
In general formula (ZI-4),
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
When there are a plurality of R 14 s, each independently represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. To express. These groups may have a substituent.
R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. These groups may have a substituent.
l represents an integer of 0-2.
r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z − in formula (ZI).
 一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15のアルキル基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基等が好ましい。 In the general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl group of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, n -Butyl group, t-butyl group and the like are preferable.
 R13、R14及びR15のシクロアルキル基としては、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルキル基)が挙げられ、特にシクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチルが好ましい。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 include monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups (preferably cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), and in particular, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, Cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl are preferred.
 R13及びR14のアルコキシ基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましく、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基等が好ましい。 The alkoxy group for R 13 and R 14 is linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, or the like.
 R13及びR14のアルコキシカルボニル基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数2~11のものが好ましく、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、n-ブトキシカルボニル基等が好ましい。 The alkoxycarbonyl group of R 13 and R 14 is linear or branched and preferably has 2 to 11 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group or the like.
 R13及びR14のシクロアルキル基を有する基としては、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素原子数3~20のシクロアルキル基)が挙げられ、例えば、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキルオキシ基、及び、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基を有するアルコキシ基が挙げられる。これらの基は、置換基を更に有していてもよい。 Examples of the group having a cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), and examples thereof include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Examples thereof include a cycloalkyloxy group and an alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
 R13及びR14の単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキルオキシ基としては、総炭素数が7以上であることが好ましく、総炭素数が7以上15以下であることがより好ましく、また、単環のシクロアルキル基を有することが好ましい。総炭素数7以上の単環のシクロアルキルオキシ基とは、シクロプロピルオキシ基、シクロブチルオキシ基、シクロペンチルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基、シクロヘプチルオキシ基、シクロオクチルオキシ基、シクロドデカニルオキシ基等のシクロアルキルオキシ基に、任意にアルキル基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素)、ニトロ基、シアノ基、アミド基、スルホンアミド基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシル基、アセトキシ基、ブチリルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基、カルボキシ基等の置換基を有する単環のシクロアルキルオキシ基であって、上記シクロアルキル基上の任意の置換基と合わせた総炭素数が7以上のものを表す。
 また、総炭素数が7以上の多環のシクロアルキルオキシ基としては、ノルボルニルオキシ基、トリシクロデカニルオキシ基、テトラシクロデカニルオキシ基、アダマンチルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
The monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyloxy group for R 13 and R 14 preferably has a total carbon number of 7 or more, more preferably a total carbon number of 7 or more and 15 or less, It is preferable to have a cycloalkyl group. Monocyclic cycloalkyloxy group having 7 or more carbon atoms in total is cyclopropyloxy group, cyclobutyloxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group, cycloheptyloxy group, cyclooctyloxy group, cyclododecanyloxy group, etc. Optionally substituted with an alkyl group, hydroxyl group, halogen atom (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine), nitro group, cyano group, amide group, sulfonamido group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyl group, acetoxy A monocyclic cycloalkyloxy group having a substituent such as a group, an acyloxy group such as a butyryloxy group, or a carboxy group, and having a total carbon number of 7 or more in combination with any substituents on the cycloalkyl group To express.
Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyloxy group having 7 or more total carbon atoms include a norbornyloxy group, a tricyclodecanyloxy group, a tetracyclodecanyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, and the like.
 R13及びR14の単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基を有するアルコキシ基としては、総炭素数が7以上であることが好ましく、総炭素数が7以上15以下であることがより好ましく、また、単環のシクロアルキル基を有するアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。総炭素数7以上の、単環のシクロアルキル基を有するアルコキシ基とは、メトキシ、エトキシ、プロポキシ、ブトキシ、ペンチルオキシ、ヘキシルオキシ、ヘプトキシ、オクチルオキシ、ドデシルオキシ、2-エチルヘキシルオキシ、イソプロポキシ、sec-ブトキシ、t-ブトキシ、iso-アミルオキシ等のアルコキシ基に上述の置換基を有していてもよい単環シクロアルキル基が置換したものであり、置換基も含めた総炭素数が7以上のものを表す。たとえば、シクロヘキシルメトキシ基、シクロペンチルエトキシ基、シクロヘキシルエトキシ基等が挙げられ、シクロヘキシルメトキシ基が好ましい。 The alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 preferably has a total carbon number of 7 or more, more preferably a total carbon number of 7 or more and 15 or less, An alkoxy group having a monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferable. The alkoxy group having a total of 7 or more carbon atoms and having a monocyclic cycloalkyl group is methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptoxy, octyloxy, dodecyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, isopropoxy, A monocyclic cycloalkyl group that may have the above-mentioned substituents is substituted on an alkoxy group such as sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, iso-amyloxy, etc., and the total carbon number including the substituents is 7 or more Represents things. Examples thereof include a cyclohexylmethoxy group, a cyclopentylethoxy group, a cyclohexylethoxy group, and the like, and a cyclohexylmethoxy group is preferable.
 また、総炭素数が7以上の多環のシクロアルキル基を有するアルコキシ基としては、ノルボルニルメトキシ基、ノルボルニルエトキシ基、トリシクロデカニルメトキシ基、トリシクロデカニルエトキシ基、テトラシクロデカニルメトキシ基、テトラシクロデカニルエトキシ基、アダマンチルメトキシ基、アダマンチルエトキシ基等が挙げられ、ノルボルニルメトキシ基、ノルボルニルエトキシ基等が好ましい。 Examples of the alkoxy group having a polycyclic cycloalkyl group having a total carbon number of 7 or more include a norbornyl methoxy group, a norbornyl ethoxy group, a tricyclodecanyl methoxy group, a tricyclodecanyl ethoxy group, a tetracyclo group. A decanyl methoxy group, a tetracyclodecanyl ethoxy group, an adamantyl methoxy group, an adamantyl ethoxy group, etc. are mentioned, A norbornyl methoxy group, a norbornyl ethoxy group, etc. are preferable.
 R14のアルキルカルボニル基のアルキル基としては、上述したR13~R15としてのアルキル基と同様の具体例が挙げられる。 The alkyl group of the alkyl group of R 14, include the same specific examples and the alkyl group as R 13 ~ R 15 described above.
 R14のアルキルスルホニル基及びシクロアルキルスルホニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましく、例えば、メタンスルホニル基、エタンスルホニル基、n-プロパンスルホニル基、n-ブタンスルホニル基、シクロペンタンスルホニル基、シクロヘキサンスルホニル基等が好ましい。 The alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group represented by R 14 are linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonyl group, ethanesulfonyl group, n-propanesulfonyl. Group, n-butanesulfonyl group, cyclopentanesulfonyl group, cyclohexanesulfonyl group and the like are preferable.
 上記各基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the substituent that each of the above groups may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group. Etc.
 2個のR15が互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、2個のR15が一般式(ZI-4)中の硫黄原子と共に形成する5員又は6員の環、特に好ましくは5員の環(即ち、テトラヒドロチオフェン環)が挙げられ、アリール基又はシクロアルキル基と縮環していてもよい。この2価のR15は置換基を有してもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基等を挙げることができる。上記環構造に対する置換基は、複数個存在してもよく、また、それらが互いに結合して環(芳香族若しくは非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の複素環、又はこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環など)を形成してもよい。
 一般式(ZI-4)におけるR15としては、メチル基、エチル基、ナフチル基、2個のR15が互いに結合して硫黄原子と共にテトラヒドロチオフェン環構造を形成する2価の基等が好ましい。
As the ring structure which two R 15 may combine with each other, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring formed by two R 15 together with a sulfur atom in the general formula (ZI-4), particularly preferable Includes a 5-membered ring (that is, a tetrahydrothiophene ring), and may be condensed with an aryl group or a cycloalkyl group. The divalent R 15 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group. There may be a plurality of substituents for the ring structure, and they may be bonded to each other to form a ring (aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, or these A polycyclic fused ring formed by combining two or more rings may be formed.
R 15 in the general formula (ZI-4) is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a naphthyl group, a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom.
 R13及びR14が有し得る置換基としては、水酸基、アルコキシ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子(特に、フッ素原子)が好ましい。 The substituent that R 13 and R 14 may have is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom).
 lとしては、0又は1が好ましく、1がより好ましい。
 rとしては、0~2が好ましい。
l is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
r is preferably from 0 to 2.
 本発明における一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物のカチオンとしては以下の具体例が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cation of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4) in the present invention include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 次に、一般式(ZII)、(ZIII)について説明する。
 一般式(ZII)、(ZIII)中、
 R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、ナフチル基が好ましく、更に好ましくはフェニル基である。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾチオフェン等を挙げることができる。
 R204~R207におけるアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基)、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボニル基)を挙げることができる。
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、フェニルチオ基等を挙げることができる。
 Zは、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZの非求核性アニオンと同様のものを挙げることができる。
Next, general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII),
R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group in R 204 to R 207 are preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), carbon Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups having a number of 3 to 10 (cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group).
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), Aryl groups (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, phenylthio groups, and the like.
Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z − in formula (ZI).
 酸発生剤として、更に、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0227>~<0228>に記載された一般式(ZIV)、(ZV)、(ZVI)で表される化合物も挙げられる。 Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by general formulas (ZIV), (ZV), and (ZVI) described in paragraphs <0227> to <0228> of JP-A-2014-232310.
 酸発生剤の内でより好ましくは、一般式(ZI)~(ZIII)で表される化合物である。
 また、酸発生剤として、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0229>に記載された化合物も好適に使用できる。
Among the acid generators, compounds represented by the general formulas (ZI) to (ZIII) are more preferable.
As the acid generator, compounds described in paragraph <0229> of JP-A-2014-232310 can also be suitably used.
 酸発生剤の中で、特に好ましい例としては、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0231>~<0240>に記載された酸発生剤が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Among acid generators, particularly preferable examples include, but are not limited to, acid generators described in paragraphs <0231> to <0240> of JP-A-2014-232310.
 酸発生剤は、公知の方法で合成することができ、例えば、特開2007-161707号公報、特開2010-100595号公報の<0200>~<0210>、国際公開第2011/093280号の<0051>~<0058>、国際公開第2008/153110号の<0382>~<0385>、特開2007-161707号公報等に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
 酸発生剤は、1種類単独又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される場合は除く。)の組成物中の含有量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~25質量%、更に好ましくは3~20質量%、特に好ましくは3~15質量%である。
 また、酸発生剤が上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)により表される場合には、その含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、5~35質量%が好ましく、6~30質量%がより好ましく、6~30質量%が更に好ましく、6~25質量%が特に好ましい。
The acid generator can be synthesized by a known method. For example, <0200> to <0210> of JP2007-161707A, JP2010-1007055A and <2011/02093280 <0051> to <0058>, <0382> to <0385> of International Publication No. 2008/153110, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-161707, and the like.
An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (except when represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4)) in the composition is actinic ray sensitive or Based on the total solid content of the radiation-sensitive resin composition, 0.1 to 30% by mass is preferable, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 15%. % By mass.
When the acid generator is represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4), the content is preferably 5 to 35% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. 6 to 30% by mass is more preferable, 6 to 30% by mass is further preferable, and 6 to 25% by mass is particularly preferable.
[3]溶剤(C)
 本発明で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、溶剤(C)を含んでいてもよい。
 溶剤(C)としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤を挙げることができる。
 これらの溶剤の具体例は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書の段落<0441>~<0455>に記載の溶剤を挙げることができる。
[3] Solvent (C)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention may contain a solvent (C).
Examples of the solvent (C) include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactate esters, alkyl alkoxypropionates, cyclic lactones (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), and rings. Examples of the organic solvent include good monoketone compounds (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
Specific examples of these solvents can include the solvents described in paragraphs <0441> to <0455> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860.
 本発明においては、溶剤(C)として、混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME、別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、乳酸エチル、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有してもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、酢酸アルキルなどから選ばれる2種以上の混合溶剤が好ましく、これらの内でもプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA、別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)(以下、溶剤Aともいう)と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、プロピオンカーボネート及び酢酸ブチルから選ばれる1種又は2種の溶剤(以下、溶剤Bともいう)との混合溶剤が好ましい。
 混合溶剤の混合比(溶剤A/溶剤B)(質量比)は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。
 溶剤(C)は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)を含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶媒、又は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であることが好ましい。
In the present invention, a mixed solvent may be used as the solvent (C).
For example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, containing a ring Two or more kinds of mixed solvents selected from monoketone compounds, cyclic lactones, alkyl acetates and the like which may be used are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane) (hereinafter, Solvent A), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, propion car One or two solvents selected from sulfonate and butyl acetate (hereinafter also referred to as a solvent B) mixed solvent of is preferred.
The mixing ratio (solvent A / solvent B) (mass ratio) of the mixed solvent is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40.
The solvent (C) preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
[4]疎水性樹脂(D)
 本発明で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、特に液浸露光に適用する際、疎水性樹脂(以下、「疎水性樹脂(D)」又は単に「樹脂(D)」ともいう)を含んでいてもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(D)は上記樹脂(A)とは異なることが好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂(D)は酸分解性基を有さないのが好ましい。
 これにより、膜表層に疎水性樹脂(D)が偏在化し、液浸媒体が水の場合、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角を向上させ、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。また、疎水性樹脂(D)の偏在化により、いわゆるアウトガス(Outgassing)の抑制も期待できるため、本発明のパターン形成方法をEUV露光で実施する際に疎水性樹脂(D)を使用することも好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)は前述のように界面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
[4] Hydrophobic resin (D)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention is a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)” or simply “resin (D)”, particularly when applied to immersion exposure. May also be included). The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably different from the resin (A). Moreover, it is preferable that hydrophobic resin (D) does not have an acid-decomposable group.
As a result, the hydrophobic resin (D) is unevenly distributed in the film surface layer, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to. In addition, since uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin (D) can be expected to suppress so-called outgassing, the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used when the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed by EUV exposure. preferable.
The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above. However, unlike the surfactant, the hydrophobic resin (D) does not necessarily need to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH3部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有することが好ましく、2種以上を有することがさらに好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) is selected from any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer. It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
 疎水性樹脂(D)が、フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(D)に於ける上記フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。 When the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (D) may be contained in the main chain of the resin. , May be contained in the side chain.
 疎水性樹脂(D)がフッ素原子を含んでいる場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又は、フッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは炭素数1~4)は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などのアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられ、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
When the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a fluorine atom, it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom. Preferably there is.
The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. It may have a substituent other than.
The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. .
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及びフッ素原子を有するアリール基として、好ましくは、下記一般式(F2)~(F4)で表される基を挙げることができるが、本発明は、これに限定されない。 Preferred examples of the alkyl group having a fluorine atom, the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, and the aryl group having a fluorine atom include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4). The invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(F2)~(F4)中、
 R57~R68は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はアルキル基(直鎖若しくは分岐)を表す。但し、R57~R61少なくとも1つ、R62~R64の少なくとも1つ、及びR65~R68の少なくとも1つは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子又は少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)を表す。
 R57~R61及びR65~R67は、全てがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。R62、R63及びR68は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)が好ましく、炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。R62とR63は、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
In general formulas (F2) to (F4),
R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched). Provided that at least one of R 57 to R 61, at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably all fluorine atoms. R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(F2)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、p-フルオロフェニル基、ペンタフルオロフェニル基、3,5-ジ(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(F3)で表される基の具体例としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロプロピル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、ヘプタフルオロブチル基、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、ノナフルオロブチル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロヘキシル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基、パーフルオロオクチル基、パーフルオロ(トリメチル)ヘキシル基、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロシクロブチル基、パーフルオロシクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基が好ましく、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基が更に好ましい。
 一般式(F4)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、-C(CF32OH、-C(C252OH、-C(CF3)(CH3)OH、-CH(CF3)OH等が挙げられ、-C(CF32OHが好ましい。
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, heptafluorobutyl group, hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2 -Methyl) isopropyl group, nonafluorobutyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluorohexyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group, perfluoroisopentyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluoro (trimethyl) hexyl group, 2,2 , 3,3-tetrafluorocyclobutyl group, perfluorocyclohexyl group and the like. Hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2-methyl) isopropyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group and perfluoroisopentyl group are preferable, and hexafluoroisopropyl group and heptafluoroisopropyl group are preferable. Further preferred.
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like can be mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
 フッ素原子を含む部分構造は、主鎖に直接結合してもよく、更に、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合及びウレイレン結合よりなる群から選択される基、或いはこれらを2種以上組み合わせた基を介して主鎖に結合してもよい。 The partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple | bond with a principal chain through the group selected or the group which combined these 2 or more types.
 以下、フッ素原子を有する繰り返し単位の具体例としては、特開2012-073402号公報の段落<0274>~<0276>(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/077122号明細書の段落<0398>~<0399>)に記載の繰り返し単位を参照でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Hereinafter, as specific examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom, paragraphs <0274> to <0276> of JP 2012-073402 (corresponding to paragraph <0398> of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/077122) <0399>) can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、珪素原子を含有してもよい。珪素原子を有する部分構造として、特開2012-073402号公報の段落<0277>~<0281>(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/077122号明細書の段落<0400>~<0405>)に記載の部分構造を参照でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The hydrophobic resin (D) may contain a silicon atom. As a partial structure having a silicon atom, described in paragraphs <0277> to <0281> of JP 2012-073402 (corresponding to paragraphs <0400> to <0405> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/077122) The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 また、上記したように、疎水性樹脂(D)は、側鎖部分に「CH3部分構造」を含むことも好ましい。
 ここで、上記疎水性樹脂(D)中の側鎖部分が有するCH3部分構造(以下、単に「側鎖CH3部分構造」ともいう)には、エチル基、プロピル基等が有するCH3部分構造を包含するものである。
 一方、疎水性樹脂(D)の主鎖に直接結合しているメチル基(例えば、メタクリル酸構造を有する繰り返し単位のα-メチル基)は、主鎖の影響により疎水性樹脂(D)の表面偏在化への寄与が小さいため、上記「CH3部分構造」には包含されないものとする。
Further, as described above, the hydrophobic resin (D) also preferably includes a “CH 3 partial structure” in the side chain portion.
Here, the hydrophobic resin (D) CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain moiety in (hereinafter, simply referred to as "side chain CH 3 partial structure") The, CH 3 parts ethyl, and propyl groups have Includes structure.
On the other hand, a methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin (D) (for example, an α-methyl group of a repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure) is caused by the influence of the main chain on the surface of the hydrophobic resin (D). Since the contribution to uneven distribution is small, it is not included in the “CH 3 partial structure”.
 より具体的には、疎水性樹脂(D)が、例えば、下記一般式(M)で表される繰り返し単位などの、炭素-炭素二重結合を有する重合性部位を有するモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を含む場合であって、R11~R14がCH3「そのもの」である場合、そのCH3は、側鎖部分が有する「CH3部分構造」には包含されない。
 一方、C-C主鎖から何らかの原子を介してCH3が存在する場合は、「CH3部分構造」に該当するものとする。例えば、R11がエチル基(CH2CH3)である場合、CH3部分構造を「1つ」有するものとする。
More specifically, the hydrophobic resin (D) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M). In the case where R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the “CH 3 partial structure” of the side chain moiety.
On the other hand, when CH 3 exists from the CC main chain through some atom, it corresponds to “CH 3 partial structure”. For example, when R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 ), it has “one” CH 3 partial structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 上記一般式(M)中、
 R11~R14は、各々独立に、側鎖部分を表す。
 側鎖部分のR11~R14としては、水素原子、1価の有機基などが挙げられる。
 R11~R14についての1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられ、これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
In the general formula (M),
R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
Examples of the side chain R 11 to R 14 include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
Examples of monovalent organic groups for R 11 to R 14 include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, alkyloxycarbonyl groups, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, alkylaminocarbonyl groups, cycloalkylaminocarbonyls. Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、側鎖部分にCH3部分構造を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましく、このような繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を有していることがより好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and as such a repeating unit, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II), and It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by the following general formula (III).
 以下、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 上記一般式(II)中、Xb1は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、R2は1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表す。ここで、酸に対して安定な有機基は、より具体的には、上記樹脂(A)において説明した“酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (II), X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom, R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid. Here, the organic group stable to an acid is more specifically an organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). Is preferred.
 Xb1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 Xb1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
The alkyl group for X b1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 R2としては、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基が挙げられる。上記のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基は、更に、置換基としてアルキル基を有していてもよい。
 R2は、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する、アルキル基又はアルキル置換シクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 R2としての1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH3部分構造を2個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、2個以上8個以下有することがより好ましい。
Examples of R 2 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures. The above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
 R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数3~20の分岐のアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するシクロアルキル基は、単環式でも、多環式でもよい。具体的には、炭素数5以上のモノシクロ、ビシクロ、トリシクロ、テトラシクロ構造等を有する基を挙げることができる。その炭素数は6~30個が好ましく、特に炭素数7~25個が好ましい。
 R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアルケニル基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖又は分岐のアルケニル基が好ましく、分岐のアルケニル基がより好ましい。
 R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基を挙げることができ、好ましくはフェニル基である。
 R2に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
The cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples include groups having a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo, tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6-30, and particularly preferably 7-25.
The alkenyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a branched alkenyl group.
The aryl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. is there.
The aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。尚、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) are listed below. The present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 以下、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 上記一般式(III)中、Xb2は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、R3は1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表し、nは1から5の整数を表す。 In the general formula (III), X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom, R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures, n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
 Xb2のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 Xb2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
The alkyl group for X b2 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 R3は、酸に対して安定な有機基であるため、より具体的には、樹脂(A)において説明した“酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。 Since R 3 is an organic group that is stable against an acid, more specifically, it is an organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). Preferably there is.
 R3としては、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 R3としての1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH3部分構造を1個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、1個以上8個以下有することがより好ましく、1個以上4個以下有することが更に好ましい。
R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
 R3に於ける、1つ以上のCH3部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数3~20の分岐のアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 nは1から5の整数を表し、1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、1又は2を表すことが更に好ましい。 N represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。尚、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) are given below. The present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 疎水性樹脂(D)が、側鎖部分にCH3部分構造を含む場合であり、更に、特にフッ素原子及び珪素原子を有さない場合、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であることが好ましく、95モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上記含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位に対して、通常、100モル%以下である。 In the case where the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and particularly when it does not have a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II), and The content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin (D). More preferably, it is 95 mol% or more. The content is usually 100 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin (D).
 疎水性樹脂(D)が、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を、疎水性樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位に対し、90モル%以上で含有することにより、疎水性樹脂(D)の表面自由エネルギーが増加する。その結果として、疎水性樹脂(D)がレジスト膜の表面に偏在しにくくなり、水に対するレジスト膜の静的/動的接触角を確実に向上させて、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。 The hydrophobic resin (D) comprises at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III). ), The surface free energy of the hydrophobic resin (D) increases. As a result, the hydrophobic resin (D) is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, and the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved and the immersion liquid followability can be improved. it can.
 また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、(i)フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合においても、(ii)側鎖部分にCH3部分構造を含む場合においても、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0283>~<0290>に記載された(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有していてもよい。
 (x)酸基、
 (y)ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基、
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
In addition, the hydrophobic resin (D) includes (i) a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, and (ii) a case where a side chain portion includes a CH 3 partial structure. And may have at least one group selected from the group (x) to (z) described in paragraphs <0283> to <0290>.
(X) an acid group,
(Y) a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group,
(Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、更に、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0292>~<0294>に記載された一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、更に、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0296>~<0299>に記載された一般式(CII-AB)で表される繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。
The hydrophobic resin (D) may further have a repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) described in paragraphs <0292> to <0294> of JP-A-2014-232310.
The hydrophobic resin (D) preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) described in paragraphs <0296> to <0299> of JP-A-2014-232310. .
 疎水性樹脂(D)がフッ素原子を有する場合、フッ素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)の重量平均分子量に対し、5~80質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましい。また、フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(D)に含まれる全繰り返し単位中10~100モル%であることが好ましく、30~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)が珪素原子を有する場合、珪素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(D)の重量平均分子量に対し、2~50質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましい。また、珪素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(D)に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、20~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
When the hydrophobic resin (D) has a fluorine atom, the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 10 to 80% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
When the hydrophobic resin (D) has a silicon atom, the content of the silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (D), and is 2 to 30% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (D).
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂(D)が側鎖部分にCH3部分構造を含む場合においては、樹脂(D)が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を実質的に含有しない形態も好ましく、この場合、具体的には、フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、疎水性樹脂(D)中の全繰り返し単位に対して5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、1モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を含有しない。また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。より具体的には、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位が、疎水性樹脂(D)の全繰り返し単位中95モル%以上であることが好ましく、97モル%以上であることがより好ましく、99モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、理想的には100モル%である。 On the other hand, particularly when the hydrophobic resin (D) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferable that the resin (D) contains substantially no fluorine atom or silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (D). It is preferably 1 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, it does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. Moreover, it is preferable that hydrophobic resin (D) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in all the repeating units of the hydrophobic resin (D). It is preferably 97 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more, and ideally 100 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂(D)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~100,000で、より好ましくは1,000~50,000、更により好ましくは2,000~15,000である。
 また、疎水性樹脂(D)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
 疎水性樹脂(D)の組成物中の含有量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
In addition, the hydrophobic resin (D) may be used alone or in combination.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (D) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. % Is more preferable, and 0.1 to 7% by mass is even more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、樹脂(A)同様、金属等の不純物が少ないのは当然のことながら、残留単量体およびオリゴマー成分が0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~3質量%、0.05~1質量%が更により好ましい。
 また、解像度、レジスト形状、レジストパターンの側壁、ラフネスなどの点から、分子量分布(Mw/Mn、分散度ともいう)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3、更に好ましくは1~2の範囲である。
The hydrophobic resin (D), like the resin (A), naturally has few impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer and oligomer components are preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably Is more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass and 0.05 to 1% by mass.
The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
 疎水性樹脂(D)は、各種市販品を利用することもできるし、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。
 反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(A)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂(D)の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。
As the hydrophobic resin (D), various commercially available products can be used, and the hydrophobic resin (D) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
The reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as those described for the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (D), The concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
 疎水性樹脂(D)の具体例としては、例えば、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0306>~<0315>に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (D) include resins described in paragraphs <0306> to <0315> of JP 2014-232310.
[5]塩基性化合物
 本発明で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、露光から加熱までの経時による性能変化を低減するために、塩基性化合物を含んでいてもよい。使用可能な塩基性化合物は特に限定されないが、例えば、以下の(1)~(5)に分類される化合物を用いることができる。
[5] Basic compound The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention may contain a basic compound in order to reduce a change in performance over time from exposure to heating. Usable basic compounds are not particularly limited, and for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (5) can be used.
 (1)塩基性化合物(N)
 塩基性化合物としては、好ましくは、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物(N)を挙げることができる。
(1) Basic compound (N)
Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds (N) having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(A)及び(E)中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表し、ここで、R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20個のアルキル基を表す。
In general formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 これら一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
 好ましい化合物(N)として、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、ピペリジン等を挙げることができ、更に好ましい化合物(N)として、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造又はピリジン構造を有する化合物(N)、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等を挙げることができ、これらの具体例としては、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0321>に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
Regarding the alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
Preferable compound (N) includes guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable compound (N) includes imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxy group. Compound (N) having an alkyl group structure, an onium carboxylate structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, etc. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraph <0321> of JP 2014-232310.
 好ましい塩基性化合物(N)として、更に、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物を挙げることができる。これら化合物の例としては、米国特許出願公開第2007/0224539A1号明細書の段落<0066>に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)などが挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the basic compound (N) further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group. Examples of these compounds include compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in paragraph <0066> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007 / 02245539A1.
 また、下記化合物も塩基性化合物(N)として好ましい。 The following compounds are also preferable as the basic compound (N).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 塩基性化合物(N)としては、上述した化合物のほかに、特開2011-22560号公報の段落<0180>~<0225>、特開2012-137735号公報の段落[0218]~<0219>、国際公開第2011/158687号の段落<0416>~<0438>に記載されている化合物等を使用することもできる。塩基性化合物(N)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物であってもよい。
 これらの塩基性化合物(N)は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
As the basic compound (N), in addition to the above-mentioned compounds, paragraphs <0180> to <0225> of JP2011-22560A, paragraphs [0218] to <0219> of JP2012-137735A, The compounds described in paragraphs <0416> to <0438> of WO 2011/158687 can also be used. The basic compound (N) may be a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
These basic compounds (N) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、塩基性化合物(N)を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、塩基性化合物(N)の含有率は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分を基準として、通常、0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
 酸発生剤と塩基性化合物(N)の組成物中の使用割合は、酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(モル比)=2.5~300であることが好ましい。即ち、感度、解像度の点からモル比が2.5以上が好ましく、露光後加熱処理までの経時によるレジストパターンの太りによる解像度の低下抑制の点から300以下が好ましい。酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(N)(モル比)は、より好ましくは5.0~200、更に好ましくは7.0~150である。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may or may not contain the basic compound (N). The amount is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the solid content of the radiation-sensitive resin composition.
The use ratio of the acid generator and the basic compound (N) in the composition is preferably acid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) = 2.5 to 300. That is, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing resolution from being reduced due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until post-exposure heat treatment. The acid generator / basic compound (N) (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
 (2)活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(E)
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(以下、「化合物(E)」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。
 化合物(E)は、塩基性官能基又はアンモニウム基と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する化合物(E-1)であることが好ましい。すなわち、化合物(E)は、塩基性官能基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する塩基性化合物、又は、アンモニウム基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有するアンモニウム塩化合物であることが好ましい。
 化合物(E)又は(E-1)が、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して発生する、塩基性が低下した化合物として、下記一般式(PA-I)、(PA-II)又は(PA-III)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。なかでも、LWR、局所的なパターン寸法の均一性及びDOFに関して優れた効果を高次元で両立できるという観点から、特に、一般式(PA-II)又は(PA-III)で表される化合物が好ましい。
 まず、一般式(PA-I)で表される化合物について説明する。
 Q-A1-(X)n-B-R(PA-I)
 一般式(PA-I)中、
 A1は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、-SO3H、又は-CO2Hを表す。Qは、活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸性官能基に相当する。
 Xは、-SO2-又は-CO-を表す。
 nは、0又は1を表す。
 Bは、単結合、酸素原子又は-N(Rx)-を表す。
 Rxは、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 Rは、塩基性官能基を有する1価の有機基又はアンモニウム基を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 次に、一般式(PA-II)で表される化合物について説明する。
 Q1-X1-NH-X2-Q2(PA-II)
 一般式(PA-II)中、
 Q1及びQ2は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。但し、Q1及びQ2のいずれか一方は、塩基性官能基を有する。Q1とQ2は、結合して環を形成し、形成された環が塩基性官能基を有してもよい。
 X1及びX2は、各々独立に、-CO-又は-SO2-を表す。
 なお、-NH-は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸性官能基に相当する。
 次に、一般式(PA-III)で表される化合物を説明する。
 Q1-X1-NH-X2-A2-(X3m-B-Q3(PA-III)
 一般式(PA-III)中、
 Q1及びQ3は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。但し、Q1及びQ3のいずれか一方は、塩基性官能基を有する。Q1とQ3は、結合して環を形成し、形成された環が塩基性官能基を有していてもよい。
 X1、X2及びX3は、各々独立に、-CO-又は-SO2-を表す。
 A2は、2価の連結基を表す。
 Bは、単結合、酸素原子又は-N(Qx)-を表す。
 Qxは、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 Bが、-N(Qx)-の時、Q3とQxが結合して環を形成してもよい。
 mは、0又は1を表す。
 なお、-NH-は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸性官能基に相当する。
(2) Basic compound or ammonium salt compound (E) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may contain a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (E)”) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. preferable.
The compound (E) is preferably a compound (E-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the compound (E) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with active light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation. An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
The compound of the following general formula (PA-I), (PA-II) or (PA) is produced as a compound with reduced basicity, which is generated by the decomposition of compound (E) or (E-1) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. And compounds represented by -III). In particular, from the viewpoint of achieving excellent effects on LWR, uniformity of local pattern dimensions, and DOF at a high level, in particular, a compound represented by the general formula (PA-II) or (PA-III) is used. preferable.
First, the compound represented by formula (PA-I) will be described.
QA 1- (X) n -BR (PA-I)
In the general formula (PA-I),
A 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q represents —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H. Q corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
n represents 0 or 1.
B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or —N (Rx) —.
Rx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
R represents a monovalent organic group having a basic functional group or a monovalent organic group having an ammonium group.
Next, the compound represented by formula (PA-II) will be described.
Q 1 -X 1 -NH-X 2 -Q 2 (PA-II)
In general formula (PA-II),
Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. However, either Q 1 or Q 2 has a basic functional group. Q 1 and Q 2 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
X 1 and X 2 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —.
Note that —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Next, the compound represented by formula (PA-III) will be described.
Q 1 -X 1 -NH-X 2 -A 2- (X 3 ) m -BQ 3 (PA-III)
In the general formula (PA-III),
Q 1 and Q 3 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. However, either Q 1 or Q 3 has a basic functional group. Q 1 and Q 3 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —.
A 2 represents a divalent linking group.
B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or —N (Qx) —.
Qx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
When B is —N (Qx) —, Q 3 and Qx may combine to form a ring.
m represents 0 or 1.
Note that —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
 以下、化合物(E)の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されない。また、例示化合物以外で、化合物(E)の好ましい具体例としては、米国特許出願公開第2010/0233629号明細書の(A-1)~(A-44)の化合物、米国特許出願公開第2012/0156617号明細書の(A-1)~(A-23)などが挙げられる。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the compound (E) will be given, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition to the exemplified compounds, preferred specific examples of the compound (E) include compounds (A-1) to (A-44) of US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0233629, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2012. No. 0156617 (A-1) to (A-23) and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 化合物(E)の分子量は、500~1000であることが好ましい。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は化合物(E)を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、化合物(E)の含有量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分を基準として、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~10質量%である。
 また、化合物(E)の一態様として、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解し、樹脂(A)の酸分解基を酸分解させない程度の強度の酸(弱酸)を発生する化合物(E-2)も挙げることができる。
 この化合物としては、例えば、フッ素原子を有さないカルボン酸のオニウム塩(好ましくはスルホニウム塩)、フッ素原子を有さないスルホン酸のオニウム塩(好ましくはスルホニウム塩)などを挙げることができる。より具体的には、例えば、後述する一般式(6A)で表されるオニウム塩のうちカルボン酸アニオンがフッ素原子を有さないもの、後述する一般式(6B)で表されるオニウム塩のうちスルホン酸アニオンがフッ素原子を有さないもの、などが挙げられる。スルホニウム塩のカチオン構造としては、酸発生剤(B)で挙げているスルホニウムカチオン構造を好ましく挙げることができる。
 化合物(E-2)として、より具体的には、国際公開第2012/053527号の段落<0170>で挙げられている化合物、特開2012-173419号公報の段落<0268>~<0269>の化合物などが挙げられる。
 化合物(E)は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The molecular weight of the compound (E) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may or may not contain the compound (E), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (E) is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin. The content is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the solid content of the composition.
Further, as one embodiment of the compound (E), a compound (E-2) that generates an acid (weak acid) having a strength that does not decompose the acid-decomposable group of the resin (A) by acid irradiation or radiation irradiation. Can also be mentioned.
Examples of the compound include an onium salt of a carboxylic acid having no fluorine atom (preferably a sulfonium salt) and an onium salt of a sulfonic acid having no fluorine atom (preferably a sulfonium salt). More specifically, for example, among onium salts represented by the following general formula (6A), those in which the carboxylic acid anion does not have a fluorine atom, among onium salts represented by the following general formula (6B) Examples include those in which the sulfonate anion does not have a fluorine atom. As a cation structure of a sulfonium salt, the sulfonium cation structure mentioned by the acid generator (B) can be mentioned preferably.
More specifically, examples of the compound (E-2) include compounds listed in paragraph <0170> of WO 2012/053527, and paragraphs <0268> to <0269> of JP2012-173419A. Compound etc. are mentioned.
A compound (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 (3)窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(F)
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する化合物(以下「化合物(F)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては特に限定されないが、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基であることが特に好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基を有する化合物(N’’)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が特に好ましい。
 化合物(F)としては、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体が好ましい。
(3) Low molecular weight compound (F) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may contain a compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (F)”).
The group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. It is particularly preferred.
The molecular weight of the compound (N ″) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
As the compound (F), an amine derivative having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom is preferable.
 化合物(F)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表すことができる。 Compound (F) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
In general formula (d-1),
R b is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group. (Preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). R b may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
 Rbとして好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基である。より好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基である。
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by R b are substituted with a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, and an oxo group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. May be. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by R b .
R b is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環式炭化水素基若しくはその誘導体等が挙げられる。
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許出願公開第2012/0135348号明細書の段落<0466>に開示された構造を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
Examples of the ring formed by connecting two R b to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
Examples of the specific structure of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include the structure disclosed in paragraph <0466> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348. It is not limited.
 化合物(F)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有するものであることが特に好ましい。 The compound (F) particularly preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 一般式(6)において、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。上記複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rbは、上記一般式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
In the general formula (6), R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two R a may be the same or different, and two R a may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula. The heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
R b has the same meaning as R b in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l + m = 3.
 一般式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、Rbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
 Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の好ましい例としては、Rbについて前述した好ましい例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 また、Raが相互に連結して形成する複素環としては、好ましくは炭素数20以下であり、例えば、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、モルホリン、1,4,5,6-テトラヒドロピリミジン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノリン、1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロピリジン、ホモピペラジン、4-アザベンズイミダゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、5-アザベンゾトリアゾール、1H-1,2,3-トリアゾール、1,4,7-トリアザシクロノナン、テトラゾール、7-アザインドール、インダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、イミダゾ[1,2-a]ピリジン、(1S,4S)-(+)-2,5-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デック-5-エン、インドール、インドリン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、パーヒドロキノリン、1,5,9-トリアザシクロドデカン等の複素環式化合物に由来する基、これらの複素環式化合物に由来する基を直鎖状、分岐状のアルカンに由来する基、シクロアルカンに由来する基、芳香族化合物に由来する基、複素環化合物に由来する基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基等が挙げられる。
In the general formula (6), an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group as R a are groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group as R b may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group described above.
Preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by R a (these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may be substituted with the above groups) The same group as the preferable example mentioned above about Rb is mentioned.
The heterocyclic ring formed by connecting R a to each other preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms. For example, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 1,2,3 , 4-tetrahydroquinoline, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, homopiperazine, 4-azabenzimidazole, benzotriazole, 5-azabenzotriazole, 1H-1,2,3-triazole, 1,4,7 Triazacyclononane, tetrazole, 7-azaindole, indazole, benzimidazole, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine, (1S, 4S)-(+)-2,5-diazabicyclo [2.2.1] Heptane, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] dec-5-ene, indole, indoline, 1,2,3 -Groups derived from heterocyclic compounds such as tetrahydroquinoxaline, perhydroquinoline, 1,5,9-triazacyclododecane, and groups derived from these heterocyclic compounds derived from linear and branched alkanes Groups derived from cycloalkanes, groups derived from aromatic compounds, groups derived from heterocyclic compounds, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, amino groups, pyrrolidino groups, piperidino groups, morpholino groups, oxo groups, etc. Or a group substituted with one or more of the above.
 好ましい化合物(F)の具体的としては、米国特許出願公開第2012/0135348号明細書の段落<0475>に開示された化合物を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。 Specific examples of the preferred compound (F) include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph <0475> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0135348.
 一般式(6)で表される化合物は、特開2007-298569号公報、特開2009-199021号公報などに基づき合成することができる。
 本発明において、低分子化合物(F)は、一種単独でも又は2種以上を混合しても使用することができる。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における化合物(F)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.001~20質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.001~10質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
The compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298869A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
In the present invention, the low molecular compound (F) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the compound (F) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.001 based on the total solid content of the composition. To 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
 (4)オニウム塩
 また、塩基性化合物として、下記一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩を含んでもよい。このオニウム塩は、レジスト組成物で通常用いられる酸発生剤の酸強度との関係で、レジスト系中で、発生酸の拡散を制御することが期待される。
(4) Onium salt Moreover, as a basic compound, you may include the onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B). This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the acid generator usually used in the resist composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(6A)中、
 Raは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。X+は、オニウムカチオンを表す。
 一般式(6B)中、Rbは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のスルホン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。X+はオニウムカチオンを表す。
In general formula (6A),
Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded. X + represents an onium cation.
In General Formula (6B), Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded. X + represents an onium cation.
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基は、式中のカルボン酸基又はスルホン酸基に直接結合する原子が炭素原子であることが好ましい。但し、この場合、上述した酸発生剤から発生する酸よりも相対的に弱い酸とするために、スルホン酸基又はカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換することはない。
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~30のアリール基、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基又は炭素数3~30の複素環基等が挙げられる。これらの基は水素原子の一部又は全部が置換されていてもよい。
 上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基及び複素環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ラクトン基、アルキルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。
In the organic group represented by Ra and Rb, the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom. However, in this case, in order to make the acid relatively weaker than the acid generated from the acid generator described above, the fluorine atom is not substituted for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
Examples of the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
 一般式(6A)及び(6B)中のX+により表されるオニウムカチオンとしては、スルホニウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、ヨードニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、ジアゾニウムカチオンなどが挙げられ、なかでもスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。
 スルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、少なくとも1つのアリール基を有するアリールスルホニウムカチオンが好ましく、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、アリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。
 スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンの例としては、前述の、化合物(B)における一般式(ZI)のスルホニウムカチオン構造、一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウム構造も好ましく挙げることができる。
Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Of these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
As the sulfonium cation, for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation and the iodonium cation include the aforementioned sulfonium cation structure of the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium structure of the general formula (ZII) in the compound (B).
 一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩の具体的構造を以下に示す。
 なお、オニウム塩は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
A specific structure of the onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
In addition, onium salt may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 (5)ベタイン化合物
 更に、組成物は、特開2012-189977号公報の式(I)に含まれる化合物、特開2013-6827号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2013-8020号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2012-252124号公報の式(I)で表される化合物などのような、1分子内にオニウム塩構造と酸アニオン構造の両方を有する化合物(以下、ベタイン化合物ともいう)も好ましく用いることができる。このオニウム塩構造としては、スルホニウム、ヨードニウム、アンモニウム構造が挙げられ、スルホニウム又はヨードニウム塩構造であることが好ましい。また、酸アニオン構造としては、スルホン酸アニオン又はカルボン酸アニオンが好ましい。この化合物の例としては、例えば以下が挙げられる。
 なお、ベタイン化合物は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(5) Betaine compound Further, the composition includes a compound contained in the formula (I) of JP 2012-189977 A, a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP 2013-6827 A, Both an onium salt structure and an acid anion structure in one molecule, such as a compound represented by the formula (I) of No. 8020 and a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP 2012-252124 A A compound having the same (hereinafter also referred to as betaine compound) can be preferably used. Examples of the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable. Moreover, as an acid anion structure, a sulfonate anion or a carboxylate anion is preferable. Examples of this compound include the following.
In addition, a betaine compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 本発明で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(1)塩基性化合物(N)、(2)活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(E)、(3)窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(F)、(4)オニウム塩、及び(5)ベタイン化合物からなる群より選択される2種以上の化合物を含有してもよい。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention is composed of (1) a basic compound (N), (2) a basic compound or ammonium whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. Selected from the group consisting of a salt compound (E), (3) a low molecular compound (F) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, (4) an onium salt, and (5) a betaine compound. Two or more compounds may be contained.
[6]界面活性剤(F)
 本発明で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含有する場合、フッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、フッ素原子とケイ素原子の両方を有する界面活性剤)のいずれか、あるいは2種以上を含有することがより好ましい。
[6] Surfactant (F)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the present invention may further contain a surfactant. In the case of containing a surfactant, either fluorine and / or silicon surfactant (fluorine surfactant, silicon surfactant, surfactant having both fluorine atom and silicon atom), or two kinds It is more preferable to contain the above.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有することにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源の使用時に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないレジストパターンを与えることが可能となる。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤などの界面活性剤としては、例えば、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0353>~<0355>に記載された界面活性剤を使用できる。
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a surfactant, a resist pattern with good sensitivity and resolution and less adhesion and development defects when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. Can be given.
As surfactants such as fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants, for example, surfactants described in paragraphs <0353> to <0355> of JP-A-2014-232310 can be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は単独で使用してもよいし、また、いくつかの組み合わせで使用してもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の使用量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、より好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
 一方、界面活性剤の添加量を、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、10ppm以下とすることで、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性があがり、それにより、レジスト膜表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性を向上させることが出来る。
When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant used is based on the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent). The content is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
On the other hand, when the amount of the surfactant added is 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent), the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased. As a result, the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
[7]その他添加剤(G)
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤及び現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物)等を含有していてもよい。
[7] Other additives (G)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition includes an acid proliferator, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a compound that promotes solubility in a developer ( For example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, an alicyclic compound having a carboxyl group, or an aliphatic compound) may be contained.
 このような分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物は、例えば、特開平4-122938号公報、特開平2-28531号公報、米国特許第4,916,210号明細書、欧州特許第219294号明細書等に記載の方法を参考にして、当業者において容易に合成することができる。
 カルボキシル基を有する脂環族、又は脂肪族化合物の具体例としてはコール酸、デオキシコール酸、リトコール酸などのステロイド構造を有するカルボン酸誘導体、アダマンタンカルボン酸誘導体、アダマンタンジカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸などが挙げられるがこれらに限定されない。
Such phenol compounds having a molecular weight of 1000 or less are described in, for example, JP-A-4-122938, JP-A-2-28531, US Pat. No. 4,916,210, European Patent 219294, and the like. It can be easily synthesized by those skilled in the art with reference to the method described.
Specific examples of alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group include carboxylic acid derivatives having a steroid structure such as cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, adamantane carboxylic acid derivatives, adamantane dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane Examples include, but are not limited to, dicarboxylic acids.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、解像力向上の観点から、膜厚30~250nmで使用されることが好ましく、より好ましくは、膜厚30~200nmで使用されることが好ましい。組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性、製膜性を向上させることにより、このような膜厚とすることができる。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~10質量%であり、好ましくは、2.0~5.7質量%、更に好ましくは2.0~5.3質量%である。固形分濃度を上記範囲とすることで、レジスト溶液を基板上に均一に塗布することができ、更にはラインウィズスラフネスに優れたレジストパターンを形成することが可能になる。その理由は明らかではないが、恐らく、固形分濃度を10質量%以下、好ましくは5.7質量%以下とすることで、レジスト溶液中での素材、特には酸発生剤の凝集が抑制され、その結果として、均一なレジスト膜が形成できたものと考えられる。
 固形分濃度とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の総重量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の重量の重量百分率である。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably used in a film thickness of 30 to 250 nm, more preferably in a film thickness of 30 to 200 nm, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property and film forming property.
The solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.%. 3% by mass. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, the resist solution can be uniformly applied on the substrate, and further, a resist pattern having excellent line width roughness can be formed. The reason for this is not clear, but perhaps the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5.7% by mass or less, whereby aggregation of the material in the resist solution, particularly the acid generator, is suppressed, As a result, it is considered that a uniform resist film was formed.
The solid content concentration is a weight percentage of the weight of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total weight of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解して調製することが好ましい。
 なお、調製の際、イオン交換膜を用いて組成物中のメタル不純物をppbレベルに低減させる工程、適当なフィルターを用いて各種パーティクルなどの不純物をろ過する工程、脱気工程などを行ってもよい。これらの工程の具体的なことについては、特開2012-88574号公報、特開2010-189563号公報、特開2001-12529号公報、特開2001-350266号公報、特開2002-99076号公報、特開平5-307263号公報、特開2010-164980号公報、国際公開第2006/121162号、特開2010-243866号公報、特開2010-020297号公報などに記載されている。
 特に、ろ過する工程で用いる適当なフィルターについては、ポアサイズは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、更に好ましくは0.03μm以下のポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のものが好ましい。
 また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、含水率が低いことが好ましい。具体的には、含水率は組成物の全重量中2.5質量%以下が好ましく、1.0質量%以下がより好ましく、0.3質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably prepared by dissolving the above components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above mixed solvent.
During the preparation, a process of reducing metal impurities in the composition to the ppb level using an ion exchange membrane, a process of filtering impurities such as various particles using an appropriate filter, a deaeration process, etc. Good. Specifics of these steps are described in JP 2012-88574 A, JP 2010-189563 A, JP 2001-12529 A, JP 2001-350266 A, and JP 2002-99076 A. JP-A-5-307263, JP-A-2010-164980, International Publication No. 2006/121162, JP-A-2010-243866, JP-A-2010-020297, and the like.
In particular, with respect to a suitable filter used in the filtering step, a pore size of 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and further preferably 0.03 μm or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is used. preferable.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition preferably has a low water content. Specifically, the water content is preferably 2.5% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.3% by mass or less in the total weight of the composition.
(工程(1)の手順)
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて基板上に膜を形成する方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法を採用できる。なかでも、膜の厚みの調整がより容易である点から、基板上に上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布して、膜を形成する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布の方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法を採用できる。なかでも、半導体製造分野においてはスピンコートが好ましく用いられる。
 また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布後、必要に応じて、溶媒を除去するための乾燥処理を実施してもよい。乾燥処理の方法は特に制限されず、加熱処理、風乾処理などが挙げられる。
(Procedure of step (1))
The method for forming a film on the substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted. Especially, the method of apply | coating the said actinic-light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition on a board | substrate from the point which adjustment of the thickness of a film | membrane is easier is mentioned.
The application method is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted. Among these, spin coating is preferably used in the semiconductor manufacturing field.
Moreover, you may implement the drying process for removing a solvent as needed after apply | coating actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The method for the drying treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include heat treatment and air drying treatment.
 本発明においてレジスト膜を形成する基板は特に限定されず、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができ、例えば、シリコン(シリコンウェハ)、SiO2、SiNなど無機基板が挙げられる。
 また、基板とレジスト膜との間(レジスト膜の下層)には、必要に応じて、従来公知の下層膜(無機膜、有機膜)を形成してもよい。下層膜としては、例えば、SOC(Spin On Carbon)膜、SOG(Spin On Glass)膜、SiON膜(窒化酸化シリコン膜)、有機系反射防止膜(BARC:Bottom Antireflection Coating)等が挙げられる。
In the present invention, the substrate on which the resist film is formed is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a manufacturing process of a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other photofabrication lithography processes. A substrate can be used, and examples thereof include inorganic substrates such as silicon (silicon wafer), SiO 2 and SiN.
A conventionally known lower layer film (inorganic film or organic film) may be formed between the substrate and the resist film (lower layer of the resist film) as necessary. Examples of the lower layer film include an SOC (Spin On Carbon) film, an SOG (Spin On Glass) film, an SiON film (silicon nitride oxide film), an organic antireflection film (BARC), and the like.
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成した膜(レジスト膜)の後退接触角は、温度23±3℃、湿度45±5%において70°以上であることが好ましく、75°以上であることがより好ましく、75~85°であることがさらに好ましい。レジスト膜の後退接触角が上記範囲にある場合、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適である。
 上記後退接触角が小さすぎると、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適に用いることができず、かつ水残り(ウォーターマーク)欠陥低減の効果を十分に発揮することができない。好ましい後退接触角を実現するためには、上記の疎水性樹脂を上記感活性光線性又は放射線性組成物に含ませることが好ましい。なお、後退接触角を向上させるためには、後述するように、レジスト膜上に上層膜(いわゆる「トップコート」)を形成してもよい。
The receding contact angle of a film (resist film) formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is preferably 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ± 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ± 5%. 75 ° or more, more preferably 75 to 85 °. When the receding contact angle of the resist film is in the above range, it is suitable for exposure through an immersion medium.
If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited. In order to realize a preferable receding contact angle, it is preferable to include the hydrophobic resin in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition. In order to improve the receding contact angle, an upper layer film (so-called “top coat”) may be formed on the resist film, as will be described later.
 レジスト膜の厚みは特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成することができる理由から、1~500nmであることが好ましく、1~100nmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 500 nm and more preferably 1 to 100 nm because a fine pattern with higher accuracy can be formed.
 レジスト膜上には、疎水性樹脂を含有する組成物(上層膜形成用組成物)を用いて、上層膜(トップコート)を形成してもよい。
 上層膜形成用組成物が含有する疎水性樹脂としては、例えば、レジスト膜形成用組成物が含有してもよい疎水性樹脂として記載した樹脂が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
 そのほか、上層膜形成用組成物においては、従来公知の添加剤および溶剤を適宜使用できる。
 なお、上層膜(トップコート)を剥離する際、上層膜剥離溶剤としては、後述する有機系現像液を使用してもよいし、別途剥離剤を使用してもよい。
An upper layer film (top coat) may be formed on the resist film using a composition containing a hydrophobic resin (upper layer film forming composition).
Examples of the hydrophobic resin contained in the composition for forming an upper layer film include, but are not limited to, resins described as hydrophobic resins that may be contained in the composition for forming a resist film.
In addition, in the composition for forming an upper layer film, conventionally known additives and solvents can be appropriately used.
In addition, when peeling an upper layer film (topcoat), as an upper layer film peeling solvent, the organic type developing solution mentioned later may be used and a peeling agent may be used separately.
〔工程(2):露光工程〕
 工程(2)は、工程(1)で形成された膜を露光する工程である。より具体的には、所望のパターンが形成されるように、膜を選択的に露光する工程である。これにより、膜がパターン状に露光され、露光された部分のみレジスト膜の溶解性が変化する。
 なお、「露光する」とは、活性光線又は放射線を照射することを意味する。
[Step (2): Exposure step]
Step (2) is a step of exposing the film formed in step (1). More specifically, it is a step of selectively exposing the film so that a desired pattern is formed. As a result, the film is exposed in a pattern, and the solubility of the resist film changes only in the exposed part.
Note that “exposing” means irradiating with actinic rays or radiation.
 露光に使用される光は特に制限されないが、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、電子線等を挙げることができる。好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、さらに好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光が挙げられる。
 より具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、電子線等が挙げられ、なかでも、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線であることが好ましく、ArFエキシマレーザーであることがより好ましい。
The light used for the exposure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams. Preferably, it is far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and still more preferably 1 to 200 nm.
More specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, and the like can be mentioned. ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
 膜を選択的に露光する方法は特に限定されず、公知の方法を使用できる。例えば、遮光部の透過率が0%のバイナリーマスク(Binary-Mask)、遮光部の透過率が6%のハーフトーン型位相シフトマスク(HT-Mask)等を用いることができる。
 バイナリーマスクは、一般的には石英ガラス基板上に、遮光部としてクロム膜、酸化クロム膜等が形成されたものが用いられる。
 ハーフトーン型位相シフトマスクは、一般的には石英ガラス基板上に、遮光部としてMoSi(モリブデンシリサイド)膜、クロム膜、酸化クロム膜、酸窒化シリコン膜等が形成されたものが用いられる。
 なお、本発明では、フォトマスクを介して行う露光に限定されず、フォトマスクを介さない露光、たとえば電子線等による描画により選択的露光(パターン露光)を行ってもよい。
 本工程は複数回の露光を含んでいてもよい。
The method for selectively exposing the film is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. For example, a binary mask (Binary-Mask) in which the transmittance of the light shielding portion is 0%, a halftone phase shift mask (HT-Mask) in which the transmittance of the light shielding portion is 6%, or the like can be used.
In general, a binary mask is used in which a chromium film, a chromium oxide film, or the like is formed on a quartz glass substrate as a light shielding portion.
A halftone phase shift mask is generally used in which a MoSi (molybdenum silicide) film, a chromium film, a chromium oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film or the like is formed on a quartz glass substrate as a light shielding portion.
In the present invention, the exposure is not limited to exposure through a photomask, and selective exposure (pattern exposure) may be performed by exposure without using a photomask, for example, drawing with an electron beam or the like.
This step may include multiple exposures.
(加熱処理)
 本工程の前に膜に対して加熱処理(PB:Prebake)を行ってもよい。加熱処理(PB)は複数回行ってもよい。
 また、本工程の後にレジスト膜に対して加熱処理(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)を行ってもよい。加熱処理(PEB)は複数回行ってもよい。
 加熱処理により露光部の反応が促進され、感度およびパターンプロファイルがさらに改善する。
 PB及びPEBともに、加熱処理の温度は、70~130℃であることが好ましく、80~120℃であることがより好ましい。
 PB及びPEBともに、加熱処理の時間は、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒であることがさらに好ましい。
 PB及びPEBともに、加熱処理は通常の露光機または現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
(Heat treatment)
Prior to this step, heat treatment (PB: Prebake) may be performed on the film. Heat treatment (PB) may be performed a plurality of times.
Moreover, you may perform a heat processing (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) with respect to a resist film after this process. The heat treatment (PEB) may be performed a plurality of times.
The heat treatment promotes the reaction of the exposed area, further improving the sensitivity and pattern profile.
For both PB and PEB, the temperature of the heat treatment is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
For both PB and PEB, the heat treatment time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
For both PB and PEB, the heat treatment can be carried out by means provided in a normal exposure machine or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
(好適な態様:液浸露光)
 露光の好適な態様として、例えば、液浸露光が挙げられる。液浸露光を用いることで、より微細なパターンを形成することができる。なお、液浸露光は、位相シフト法、変形照明法などの超解像技術と組み合わせることが可能である。
(Preferred embodiment: immersion exposure)
As a suitable aspect of exposure, for example, liquid immersion exposure can be mentioned. By using immersion exposure, a finer pattern can be formed. Note that immersion exposure can be combined with super-resolution techniques such as a phase shift method and a modified illumination method.
 液浸露光に使用される液浸液としては、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ、レジスト膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるように屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましい。特に露光光源がArFエキシマレーザー(波長;193nm)である場合には、上述の観点に加えて、入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。
 液浸液として水を用いる場合、水の表面張力を減少させるとともに界面活性力を増大させる添加剤(液体)を僅かな割合で添加してもよい。この添加剤はレジスト膜を溶解させず、かつレンズ素子の下面の光学コートに対する影響が無視できるものが好ましい。
 このような添加剤としては、例えば、水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。
 一方で、例えば、193nm光に対して不透明な物質、または、屈折率が水と大きく異なる不純物などが混入した場合、レジスト上に投影される光学像の歪みを招く。このため、使用する水としては、蒸留水が好ましい。更にイオン交換フィルター等を通して濾過を行った純水を用いてもよい。
 液浸液として用いる水は、電気抵抗が18.3MΩcm以上であることが望ましく、TOC(有機物濃度)が20ppb以下であることが望ましく、脱気処理をしていることが望ましい。
 また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(D2O)を用いたりしてもよい。
The immersion liquid used for immersion exposure is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as much as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the resist film. Small liquids are preferred. In particular, when the exposure light source is an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm), it is preferable to use water from the viewpoints of availability and ease of handling in addition to the above-described viewpoints.
When water is used as the immersion liquid, an additive (liquid) that decreases the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion. This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist film and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
As such an additive, for example, an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. By adding an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage that the change in the refractive index of the entire liquid can be made extremely small can be obtained.
On the other hand, for example, when an opaque material with respect to 193 nm light or an impurity whose refractive index is significantly different from water is mixed, distortion of the optical image projected on the resist is caused. For this reason, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
The water used as the immersion liquid preferably has an electric resistance of 18.3 MΩcm or more, a TOC (organic substance concentration) of 20 ppb or less, and is preferably deaerated.
Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive for increasing the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
 液浸露光において、露光前、及び/又は、露光後(加熱処理前)に、レジスト膜の表面を水系の薬液で洗浄してもよい。 In immersion exposure, the surface of the resist film may be washed with an aqueous chemical solution before exposure and / or after exposure (before heat treatment).
〔工程(3):現像工程〕
 工程(3)は、工程(2)で露光した膜を現像して、パターンを形成する工程である。
 工程(3)は、水を含む現像液を用いて膜を現像した後、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する工程、あるいは、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像した後、水を含む現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する工程である。以下、水を含む現像液を用いた膜の現像を「工程A」と称する場合があり、また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた膜の現像を「工程B」とも称する。
 換言すれば、工程Aを実施した後に工程Bを実施してもよいし、工程Bを実施した後に工程Aを実施してもよい。なかでも、工程Aを実施した後、工程Bを実施することが好ましい。
 なお、工程Aでは、工程(2)において「露光量が多い領域」が現像液によって溶解され、いわゆるポジ型パターンが形成される。一方、工程Bでは、工程(2)において「露光量が少ない領域」が現像液によって溶解され、いわゆるネガ型パターンが形成される。つまり、工程Aは、露光量がある閾値(a)以上の領域を選択的に溶解及び除去する工程であり、工程Bは、露光量がある閾値(b)以下の領域を選択的に溶解及び除去する工程である。なお、閾値(a)と閾値(b)との大小関係は、閾値(a)の方が閾値(b)より大きい。
[Step (3): Development step]
Step (3) is a step of developing the film exposed in step (2) to form a pattern.
Step (3) is a step of developing a film using a developer containing water and then developing using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern, or developing using a developer containing an organic solvent. After that, a pattern is formed by developing using a developer containing water. Hereinafter, development of a film using a developer containing water may be referred to as “Step A”, and development of a film using a developer containing an organic solvent is also referred to as “Step B”.
In other words, the process B may be performed after the process A is performed, or the process A may be performed after the process B is performed. Especially, after implementing the process A, it is preferable to implement the process B.
In step A, the “region with a large amount of exposure” in step (2) is dissolved by the developer to form a so-called positive pattern. On the other hand, in the step B, the “region with a small amount of exposure” in the step (2) is dissolved by the developing solution to form a so-called negative pattern. That is, step A is a step of selectively dissolving and removing a region where the exposure amount is greater than or equal to the threshold value (a), and step B is selectively dissolving and removing a region where the exposure amount is less than the threshold value (b). It is a process of removing. Note that the threshold (a) is larger than the threshold (b) in terms of the magnitude relationship between the threshold (a) and the threshold (b).
 以下では、まず、本工程で使用される現像液について詳述して、その後工程の手順について詳述する。 Hereinafter, first, the developer used in this step will be described in detail, and the procedure of the subsequent steps will be described in detail.
(現像液)
 工程Aでは、水を含む現像液が使用される。
 工程Aで使用される現像液には、水が主成分として含まれる。なお、水が主成分であるとは、現像液全量に対して、水の含有量が50質量%超であることを意味する。
 現像液としては、パターンの溶解性がより優れる点で、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いることが好ましい。
 上記アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、4級アンモニウム塩(例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドなど)、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液などが挙げられる。なかでも、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であることが好ましい。
(Developer)
In step A, a developer containing water is used.
The developer used in step A contains water as a main component. In addition, that water is a main component means that the content of water is more than 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
As the developer, it is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkali from the viewpoint of better pattern solubility.
The type of the alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include quaternary ammonium salts (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide), inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, cyclic amines, and the like. Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions. Among these, an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferable.
 上記アルカリ水溶液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。界面活性剤の具体例及び使用量は、後述する有機系現像液と同様である。
 アルカリ水溶液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
 アルカリ水溶液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
Appropriate amounts of alcohols and surfactants can be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. Specific examples and usage amounts of the surfactant are the same as those of the organic developer described later.
The alkali concentration of the aqueous alkali solution is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkaline aqueous solution is usually 10.0 to 15.0.
 工程Bでは、有溶溶剤を含む現像液(以後、適宜「有機系現像液」とも称する)が使用される。
 工程Bで使用される現像液には、有機溶剤が主成分として含まれる。なお、有機溶剤が主成分であるとは、現像液全量に対して、有機溶剤の含有量が50質量%超であることを意味する。
 有機系現像液に含有される有機溶剤は特に制限されないが、例えば、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。また、これらの混合溶剤であってもよい。
In step B, a developer containing a soluble solvent (hereinafter also referred to as “organic developer” as appropriate) is used.
The developer used in Step B contains an organic solvent as a main component. In addition, that an organic solvent is a main component means that the content of the organic solvent is more than 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
The organic solvent contained in the organic developer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. . Moreover, these mixed solvents may be sufficient.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチルー3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate Butyl butanoate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isobutyl isobutyrate, butyl propionate and the like.
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノールなどのアルコール;エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコールなどのグリコール系溶剤;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノールなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol; glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such Lumpur; and the like.
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。 Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましく、とりわけ、エステル系溶剤としての酢酸ブチルまたケトン系溶剤としてのメチルアミルケトン(2-ヘプタノン)を含む現像液が好ましい。 In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and ester solvents, and in particular, butyl acetate or ketone as the ester solvent. A developer containing methyl amyl ketone (2-heptanone) as a system solvent is preferred.
 有機溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤または水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましい。
A plurality of organic solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than the above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、基板上あるいは現像カップ内における現像液の蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性又は非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
 界面活性剤の添加量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
Although it does not specifically limit as surfactant, For example, an ionic or nonionic fluorine type and / or silicon type surfactant etc. can be used. Examples of these fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in US Pat. Nos. 5,360,692, 5,298,881, 5,296,330, 5,346,098, 5,576,143, 5,294,511, and 5,824,451 can be mentioned. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
The addition amount of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
(添加剤)
 現像液、とりわけ、工程Bで用いる有機系現像液には、更に、添加剤として、上述した樹脂(A)が酸の作用により生じる極性基と、イオン結合、水素結合、化学結合および双極子相互作用のうちの少なくとも1つの相互作用を形成することができる化合物を添加してもよい。
 樹脂(A)とこの添加剤とが所定の相互作用を形成することにより、樹脂(A)の溶解性が変化して、膜べりが生じにくくなる。なお、イオン結合とは、カチオンとアニオンとの静電相互作用を意味し、塩形成なども含まれる。
 このような添加剤としては、例えば、オニウム塩化合物、含窒素化合物、及び、リン系化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つが挙げられ、より具体的には、例えば、特開2014-232310号公報の段落<0380>~<0474>に記載されている添加剤が挙げられる。
 上記添加剤を使用する場合、現像液中における上記添加剤の合計質量は特に制限されないが、現像液全量に対して、0.1~5質量%が好ましく、1~5質量%がより好ましく、1~3質量%がさらに好ましい。
 なお、上記添加剤としては、1種の化合物のみを使用してもよいし、化学構造が異なる2種以上の化合物を用いてもよい。
(Additive)
In the developer, especially the organic developer used in Step B, the resin (A) described above as an additive further includes a polar group generated by the action of an acid, an ionic bond, a hydrogen bond, a chemical bond, and a dipole mutual bond. Compounds that can form at least one of the interactions may be added.
When the resin (A) and this additive form a predetermined interaction, the solubility of the resin (A) is changed, and film slippage is unlikely to occur. In addition, an ionic bond means the electrostatic interaction of a cation and an anion, and salt formation etc. are also included.
Examples of such additives include at least one selected from the group consisting of an onium salt compound, a nitrogen-containing compound, and a phosphorus compound, and more specifically, for example, JP-A-2014-232310. Examples thereof include the additives described in paragraphs <0380> to <0474> of the publication.
When the additive is used, the total mass of the additive in the developer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 1 to 5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer. It is more preferably 1 to 3% by mass.
In addition, as said additive, only 1 type of compounds may be used and 2 or more types of compounds from which chemical structures differ may be used.
(現像方法)
 工程A及び工程Bにおける現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は、一例として、好ましくは2mL/sec/mm2以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm2以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm2以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm2以上が好ましい。
この詳細については、特開2010-232550号公報の特に段落<0022>~<0029>等に記載されている。
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
(Development method)
As the developing method in the process A and the process B, for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the developer for a certain time (dip method), and raising the developer on the surface of the substrate by the surface tension and leaving it stationary for a certain time. The developing method (paddle method), the method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), the developer is continuously discharged while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed. A method (dynamic dispensing method) or the like can be applied.
When the various development methods described above include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the resist film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is As an example, it is preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, and still more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. Although there is no particular lower limit of the flow rate, 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
Details of this are described in paragraphs <0022> to <0029> of JP-A-2010-232550.
Moreover, you may implement the process of stopping image development, after substituting with another solvent after the process developed using the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
(リンス処理)
 上記現像液を用いた現像の後には、必要に応じて、リンス液を用いて洗浄を行なってもよい。
 リンス液としては、レジスト膜を溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、例えば、工程Aにおいては純水を使用でき、工程Bにおいては一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。
 以下、工程Bにおけるリンス液について、より詳細に説明する。
(Rinse treatment)
After development using the developer, washing may be performed using a rinse solution as necessary.
The rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the resist film is not dissolved. For example, pure water can be used in the process A, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used in the process B.
Hereinafter, the rinse liquid in the process B will be described in more detail.
 上記リンス液としては、例えば、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液が好適に挙げられる。
 ここで、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、上述した有機系現像液の具体例として記載した有機溶剤と同様の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
Examples of the rinsing liquid include a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. Are preferable.
Here, specific examples of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents include, for example, the organic solvents described as specific examples of the organic developer described above. The same organic solvent is mentioned.
 これらのうち、上記リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤またはアルコール系溶剤を含有するリンス液であることが好ましい。 Among these, the rinsing liquid is preferably a rinsing liquid containing a hydrocarbon solvent or an alcohol solvent.
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカン、ヘキサデカン等の炭素原子数が5以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられ、炭素原子数が8以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が好ましく、炭素原子数が10以上の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤がより好ましく、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカンがさらに好ましい。
 なお、上記脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤の炭素原子数の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、16以下が挙げられ、14以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 5 or more carbon atoms, such as pentane, hexane, octane, decane, undecane, dodecane, hexadecane, etc., and aliphatic hydrocarbons having 8 or more carbon atoms. Hydrocarbon solvents are preferred, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents having 10 or more carbon atoms are more preferred, and decane, undecane, and dodecane are even more preferred.
In addition, although the upper limit of the carbon atom number of the said aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent is not specifically limited, For example, 16 or less is mentioned, 14 or less is preferable and 12 or less is more preferable.
 アルコール系溶剤を含有するリンス液としては、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液であることが好ましく、炭素数5以上の1価アルコールを含有するリンス液であることがより好ましい。
 上記1価アルコールとしては、例えば、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールなどが挙げられ、その具体例としては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール(メチルイソブチルカルビノール(MIBC))、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどが挙げられる。
 リンス液としてエステル系溶剤を用いる場合には、エステル系溶剤(1種または2種以上)に加えて、グリコールエーテル系溶剤を用いてもよい。この場合の具体例としては、エステル系溶剤(好ましくは、酢酸ブチル)を主成分として、グリコールエーテル系溶剤(好ましくはプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME))を副成分として用いることが挙げられる。これにより、残渣欠陥が抑制される。
The rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent is preferably a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol, and more preferably a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms.
Examples of the monohydric alcohol include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols, and specific examples thereof include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol (methyl). Isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)), 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol and the like.
When an ester solvent is used as the rinsing liquid, a glycol ether solvent may be used in addition to the ester solvent (one or more). Specific examples in this case include using an ester solvent (preferably butyl acetate) as a main component and a glycol ether solvent (preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)) as a subcomponent. Thereby, residue defects are suppressed.
 上記リンス液は、複数の溶剤を含有するものでもよい。また、上記リンス液は、上記以外の有機溶剤を含有してもよい。 The rinse liquid may contain a plurality of solvents. Moreover, the rinse liquid may contain an organic solvent other than the above.
 上記リンス液の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、より良好な現像特性を得ることができる。 The water content of the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, better development characteristics can be obtained.
 上記リンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the rinse liquid is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C., more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, and most preferably 0.12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。界面活性剤の具体例及び使用量は、上述した有機系現像液と同様である。 An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution. Specific examples and usage amounts of the surfactant are the same as those of the organic developer described above.
 リンス処理においては、現像を行ったウェハを上記リンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができる。この中でも回転塗布方法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去する方法が好ましい。 In the rinse treatment, the developed wafer is cleaned using the rinse solution. The cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be applied. Among these, a method of performing a cleaning process by a spin coating method, rotating the substrate at a rotational speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm after cleaning, and removing the rinse liquid from the substrate is preferable.
 また、現像液を用いた現像の後(リンス処理を行なう場合は、リンス処理の後)に加熱処理(Post Bake)を行うことが好ましい。パターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が加熱処理により除去される。
 加熱処理(Post Bake)の条件としては、加熱温度は、例えば40~160℃であり、70~140℃が好ましく、加熱時間は、例えば10秒間~3分間であり、30~90秒間が好ましい。
In addition, it is preferable to perform heat treatment (post bake) after development using a developer (after rinsing when rinsing is performed). The developer and the rinsing liquid remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by heat treatment.
As conditions for the heat treatment (Post Bake), the heating temperature is, for example, 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 140 ° C., and the heating time is, for example, 10 seconds to 3 minutes, and preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
〔工程(4):プラズマ処理工程〕
 工程(4)は、工程(3)で形成したパターン(レジストパターン)にプラズマ処理を施す工程である。これにより、レジストパターンの側壁が滑らかになり、LWRが小さくなる。
 工程(4)は、好ましくは、水素を含む処理ガスから生成したプラズマによってパターンにプラズマ処理を施す工程であり、上記処理ガスが更にアルゴンを含む態様がより好ましい。
 以下、プラズマ処理について、より詳細に説明する。
[Step (4): Plasma treatment step]
Step (4) is a step of subjecting the pattern (resist pattern) formed in step (3) to plasma treatment. Thereby, the side wall of the resist pattern becomes smooth and the LWR becomes small.
Step (4) is preferably a step of performing a plasma treatment on the pattern with a plasma generated from a treatment gas containing hydrogen, and an embodiment in which the treatment gas further contains argon is more preferable.
Hereinafter, the plasma processing will be described in more detail.
 図1は、プラズマ処理を実行する際に使用される処理装置の一例を概略的に示す断面図である。
 処理装置1は、気密に構成され、レジストパターン付き基板Wが搬入される略円筒状のチャンバ2を有している。
 チャンバ2内の底部には、セラミックス等からなる誘電体板3を介して下部電極として機能する、レジストパターン付き基板Wを載置するためのステージ4が設けられている。ステージ4は、アルミニウム等の金属製であり、上面にレジストパターン付き基板Wを静電吸着するための静電チャック(図示せず)が設けられており、また内部に冷却媒体を通流してレジストパターン付き基板Wを冷却するための冷却媒体流路(図示せず)が設けられている。
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a processing apparatus used when performing plasma processing.
The processing apparatus 1 is hermetically configured and has a substantially cylindrical chamber 2 into which a substrate W with a resist pattern is carried.
At the bottom of the chamber 2 is provided a stage 4 for mounting a substrate W with a resist pattern, which functions as a lower electrode through a dielectric plate 3 made of ceramics or the like. The stage 4 is made of metal such as aluminum, and has an electrostatic chuck (not shown) for electrostatically adsorbing the substrate W with a resist pattern on the upper surface. A cooling medium flow path (not shown) for cooling the patterned substrate W is provided.
 チャンバ2内の上部には、ステージ4に対向して上部電極として機能するシャワーヘッド5が設けられている。これにより、上部電極として機能するシャワーヘッド5と下部電極として機能するステージ4とで平行平板電極が構成される。シャワーヘッド5は、例えば、ステージ4への対向面にシリコン又はシリコンカーバイドを含むように構成され、直流の負電源6に接続されている。シャワーヘッド5は、上部にガス導入口7を有し、内部にガス拡散空間8を有し、底部に複数のガス吐出孔9を有している。ガス導入口7にはガス供給配管10が接続されている。ガス供給配管10の他端には、処理ガスを供給する処理ガス供給系11が接続されている。処理ガスは、処理ガス供給系11からガス供給配管10およびシャワーヘッド5を介してチャンバ2内に供給される。 In the upper part of the chamber 2, a shower head 5 that functions as an upper electrode is provided so as to face the stage 4. Thereby, a parallel plate electrode is comprised by the shower head 5 which functions as an upper electrode, and the stage 4 which functions as a lower electrode. The shower head 5 is configured to include silicon or silicon carbide on the surface facing the stage 4, for example, and is connected to a DC negative power source 6. The shower head 5 has a gas introduction port 7 at the top, a gas diffusion space 8 inside, and a plurality of gas discharge holes 9 at the bottom. A gas supply pipe 10 is connected to the gas inlet 7. A processing gas supply system 11 for supplying a processing gas is connected to the other end of the gas supply pipe 10. The processing gas is supplied into the chamber 2 from the processing gas supply system 11 through the gas supply pipe 10 and the shower head 5.
 チャンバ2の底部には、排気管12が接続されている。排気管12には、真空ポンプおよび圧力調整バルブ等を含む排気機構13が接続されている。排気機構13によりチャンバ2内が排気されてチャンバ2内が所定の真空度に維持されるようになっている。 The exhaust pipe 12 is connected to the bottom of the chamber 2. An exhaust mechanism 13 including a vacuum pump and a pressure adjusting valve is connected to the exhaust pipe 12. The inside of the chamber 2 is exhausted by the exhaust mechanism 13 so that the inside of the chamber 2 is maintained at a predetermined degree of vacuum.
 下部電極として機能するステージ4には、例えば、二つの高周波が供給される。一つは、プラズマ生成に適した高い周波数を持つ第1の高周波であり、残りの一つはイオン引き込みに適した第1の高周波よりも低い周波数を持つ第2の高周波である。
 第1の高周波の周波数は、例えば、10MHz以上100MHz以下であり、第2の高周波の周波数は、例えば、15MHz以下0.1MHz以上である。第1の高周波は、第1の高周波電源14aから整合器15aを介してステージ4に供給される。第2の高周波は、第2の高周波電源14bから整合器15bを介してステージ4に供給される。なお、ステージ4に供給する高周波は、二つの高周波を供給することに限られず、一つの高周波、即ち、単周波を供給するようにしてもよい。
For example, two high frequencies are supplied to the stage 4 functioning as the lower electrode. One is a first high frequency having a high frequency suitable for plasma generation, and the other is a second high frequency having a lower frequency than the first high frequency suitable for ion attraction.
The first high frequency is, for example, 10 MHz or more and 100 MHz or less, and the second high frequency is, for example, 15 MHz or less, 0.1 MHz or more. The first high frequency is supplied from the first high frequency power supply 14a to the stage 4 via the matching unit 15a. The second high frequency is supplied from the second high frequency power supply 14b to the stage 4 via the matching unit 15b. The high frequency supplied to the stage 4 is not limited to supplying two high frequencies, and one high frequency, that is, a single frequency may be supplied.
 このような処理装置1を用いてプラズマ処理を実行するに際しては、まず、レジストパターン付き基板Wをチャンバ2内に搬送し、ステージ4上に載置する。なお、レジストパターン付き基板Wには、上述した下層膜および上層膜が形成されていてもよい。
 次に、チャンバ2内を排気し、チャンバ2内を減圧状態にする。次いで、処理ガスをチャンバ2内に供給する。処理ガスとしては、例えば、水素ガス(H)を含む処理ガスが挙げられ、水素ガス(H)とアルゴンガス(Ar)とを含む処理ガスが好ましい。
When performing plasma processing using such a processing apparatus 1, first, the substrate W with a resist pattern is transferred into the chamber 2 and placed on the stage 4. Note that the lower layer film and the upper layer film described above may be formed on the substrate W with a resist pattern.
Next, the inside of the chamber 2 is evacuated, and the inside of the chamber 2 is brought into a reduced pressure state. Next, a processing gas is supplied into the chamber 2. Examples of the processing gas include a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ), and a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ) and argon gas (Ar) is preferable.
 次に、高周波をステージ4に供給し、ステージ4とシャワーヘッド5との間に高周波を供給するとともに、直流負電圧をシャワーヘッド5に供給する。高周波の一例は、第1の高周波として40MHz、第2の高周波として13MHzである。 Next, a high frequency is supplied to the stage 4, a high frequency is supplied between the stage 4 and the shower head 5, and a DC negative voltage is supplied to the shower head 5. An example of the high frequency is 40 MHz as the first high frequency and 13 MHz as the second high frequency.
 処理ガスをチャンバ2内に供給した時点では、ステージ4とシャワーヘッド5との間に規定される処理空間は、処理ガスに含まれる水素ガス(H)等が漂っている状態である。このような状態で、ステージ4とシャワーヘッド5との間に高周波を供給すると、プラズマが生成され、処理空間に漂っている水素ガスは水素分子が別れて水素ラジカルとなる。
 また、処理ガスにアルゴンガスが含まれる場合は、アルゴンイオン(Ar)が生成する。この状態でシャワーヘッド5に直流負電圧を供給すると、正電荷であるアルゴンイオンはシャワーヘッド5に向かって飛び、シャワーヘッド5にぶつかり、シャワーヘッド5のステージ4への対向面に含まれたシリコン(Si)がスパッタされ、シリコンが処理空間に叩き出されると同時に電子(e)が放出される。
At the time when the processing gas is supplied into the chamber 2, the processing space defined between the stage 4 and the shower head 5 is in a state where hydrogen gas (H 2 ) and the like contained in the processing gas are drifting. When a high frequency is supplied between the stage 4 and the shower head 5 in such a state, plasma is generated, and hydrogen molecules floating in the processing space are separated into hydrogen molecules to become hydrogen radicals.
Further, when the processing gas contains argon gas, argon ions (Ar + ) are generated. When a DC negative voltage is supplied to the shower head 5 in this state, argon ions, which are positive charges, fly toward the shower head 5, hit the shower head 5, and silicon contained in the surface of the shower head 5 facing the stage 4. (Si) is sputtered, and silicon (e ) is emitted at the same time as silicon is knocked into the processing space.
 こうして、水素ラジカルがレジストパターンと反応したり、電子線がレジストパターンに照射されたりすることで、レジストパターンの側壁が滑らかになり、LWRが小さくなると考えられる。 Thus, it is considered that the hydrogen radical reacts with the resist pattern or the resist pattern is irradiated with the electron beam, thereby smoothing the side wall of the resist pattern and reducing the LWR.
 プラズマ処理の条件は、使用する処理ガス等に応じて、適宜設定される。
 例えば、処理ガスとして、水素ガス(H)とアルゴンガス(Ar)とを含む処理ガスを使用する場合、流量比の一例は、H:Ar=450ml/min:450ml/minである。また、処理ガス供給後のチャンバ2内の圧力の一例は、13.3Paである。また、高周波のパワーの一例は、第1の高周波として500W、第2の高周波として0Wである。また、直流負電圧の一例は、-450Vである。処理時間の一例は、25秒間である。
The conditions for the plasma treatment are appropriately set according to the processing gas used.
For example, when a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ) and argon gas (Ar) is used as the processing gas, an example of the flow rate ratio is H 2 : Ar = 450 ml / min: 450 ml / min. An example of the pressure in the chamber 2 after supplying the processing gas is 13.3 Pa. An example of the high frequency power is 500 W as the first high frequency and 0 W as the second high frequency. An example of the DC negative voltage is -450V. An example of the processing time is 25 seconds.
 処理ガスとして、水素ガス(H)と四フッ化炭素ガス(CF)とアルゴンガス(Ar)とを含む処理ガスを使用する場合、流量比の一例は、H:CF:Ar=100ml/min:40ml/min:800ml/minである。また、処理ガス供給後のチャンバ2内の圧力の一例は、6.7Paである。また、高周波のパワーの一例は、第1の高周波として300W、第2の高周波として0Wである。また、直流負電圧の一例は、-900Vである。処理時間の一例は、30秒間である。 When a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ), carbon tetrafluoride gas (CF 4 ), and argon gas (Ar) is used as the processing gas, an example of the flow rate ratio is H 2 : CF 4 : Ar = 100 ml / min: 40 ml / min: 800 ml / min. Moreover, an example of the pressure in the chamber 2 after supplying the processing gas is 6.7 Pa. An example of the high frequency power is 300 W as the first high frequency and 0 W as the second high frequency. An example of the DC negative voltage is -900V. An example of the processing time is 30 seconds.
 本発明のパターン形成方法で得られたパターンは、一般には、半導体デバイスのエッチングマスク等として好適に用いられるが、その他の用途にも用いることが可能である。その他の用途としては、例えば、DSA(Directed Self-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACS Nano Vol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823参照)、いわゆるスペーサープロセスの芯材(コア)としての使用(例えば、特開平3-270227号公報、特開2013-164509号公報など参照)などがある。 The pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is generally suitably used as an etching mask for a semiconductor device or the like, but can also be used for other purposes. Other uses include, for example, guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. 4, No. 8, Page 4815-4823), use as a core material (core) of a so-called spacer process (for example, JP-A-3-270227, JP-A-2013-164509, etc.).
 なお、本発明には、更に、SADP(Spacer Aligned Double Patterning)等のダブルパターニング(例えば、特開2009-088085号公報などを参照)の技術を適用してもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法で用いられる、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、各種材料(例えば、レジスト溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物など)は、金属等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量としては、1ppm以下が好ましく、10ppb以下がより好ましく、100ppt以下が更に好ましく、10ppt以下が特に好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が最も好ましい。
 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過を挙げることができる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ10nm以下が好ましく、5nm以下がより好ましく、3nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、これらの材質とイオン交換メディアを組み合わせた複合材料であってもよい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。
 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。
In the present invention, a technique of double patterning (see, for example, JP-A-2009-088085) such as SADP (Spacer Doubled Patterning) may be applied.
Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the pattern forming method of the present invention and various materials (for example, resist solvent, developer, rinse solution, antireflection film forming composition, top coat forming) The composition or the like preferably does not contain impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppb or less, still more preferably 100 ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially free (below the detection limit of the measuring device). Is most preferable.
Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the various materials include filtration using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and still more preferably 3 nm or less. As a material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable. The filter may be a composite material obtained by combining these materials and ion exchange media. A filter that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step.
Moreover, as a method for reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials. For example, the inside of the apparatus may be lined with Teflon (registered trademark), and distillation may be performed under a condition in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible. The preferable conditions for filter filtration performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials are the same as those described above.
 また、本発明は、上記した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載される。
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method of the present invention described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (Office Automation) related equipment, media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下に実施例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Examples are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
<レジスト膜形成用組成物の調製>
 下記表1に示す各成分を同表に示す各溶剤に溶解させて、各レジスト膜形成用組成物を調製した。
<Preparation of composition for forming resist film>
Each component shown in the following Table 1 was dissolved in each solvent shown in the same table to prepare each resist film forming composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
 上記表1中で使用した各種成分を以下にまとめて示す。 The various components used in Table 1 above are summarized below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
 上記表2中、組成比(モル比)は、上述した樹脂P-1~P-33及びRP-1~RP-2に含まれる繰り返し単位のモル比を示し、上記に示す化学式中の繰り返し単位の組成比を左から順に示す。 In Table 2 above, the composition ratio (molar ratio) indicates the molar ratio of the repeating units contained in the resins P-1 to P-33 and RP-1 to RP-2, and the repeating units in the chemical formula shown above. The composition ratios are shown in order from the left.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
 上記表3中、組成比(モル比)は、上述した樹脂N-1~N-7に含まれる繰り返し単位のモル比を示し、上記に示す化学式中の繰り返し単位の組成比を左から順に示す。 In Table 3 above, the composition ratio (molar ratio) indicates the molar ratio of the repeating units contained in the resins N-1 to N-7, and the composition ratio of the repeating units in the chemical formula shown above is shown in order from the left. .
 溶剤としては、以下のものを用いた。
 SL-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-3:シクロヘキサノン
 SL-4:γ-ブチロラクトン
 SL-5:プロピオンカーボネート
The following were used as the solvent.
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-3: cyclohexanone SL-4: γ-butyrolactone SL-5: propion carbonate
<上層膜形成用組成物の調製>
 下記表4に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤に溶解させて、上層膜形成用組成物を調製した。
<Preparation of composition for forming upper layer film>
The components shown in Table 4 below were dissolved in the solvents shown in the same table to prepare an upper layer film-forming composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
 上記表4中で使用した各種成分を以下にまとめて示す。 The various components used in Table 4 above are summarized below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
 上記表5中、組成比(モル比)は、上述した樹脂TP-1~TP-5に含まれる繰り返し単位のモル比を示し、上記に示す化学式中の繰り返し単位の組成比を左から順に示す。 In Table 5 above, the composition ratio (molar ratio) indicates the molar ratio of the repeating units contained in the resins TP-1 to TP-5, and the composition ratio of the repeating units in the chemical formula shown above is shown in order from the left. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 溶剤としては、以下のものを用いた。
 MIBC:メチルイソブチルカルビノール(4-メチル-2-ペンタノール)
 BuOH:n-ブタノール
 IAE:イソアミルエーテル
 IBIB:イソ酪酸イソブチル
The following were used as the solvent.
MIBC: Methyl isobutyl carbinol (4-methyl-2-pentanol)
BuOH: n-butanol IAE: isoamyl ether IBIB: isobutyl isobutyrate
<実施例1~34及び比較例1~2>
 シリコンウェハ上に、下記表6に示す下層膜を形成した。その上に、同表に示すレジスト膜形成用組成物を塗布し、同表に示すPB(Prebake)条件でベークした。これにより、同表に示す膜厚のレジスト膜を形成した。
 なお、実施例24~30においては、更に、下記表6に示す上層膜形成用組成物をレジスト膜上に塗布し、同表に示すPB(Prebake)条件でベークして、膜厚が90nmの上層膜を形成した。
<Examples 1 to 34 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2>
On the silicon wafer, the lower layer film shown in Table 6 below was formed. A resist film forming composition shown in the table was applied thereon, and baked under PB (Prebake) conditions shown in the table. As a result, a resist film having the thickness shown in the table was formed.
In Examples 24 to 30, the upper layer film-forming composition shown in Table 6 below was further applied onto the resist film, and baked under the PB (Prebake) conditions shown in the same table, so that the film thickness was 90 nm. An upper layer film was formed.
 次に、得られたレジスト膜(及び上層膜)に対し、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製XT1700i、NA1.20、Dipole、アウターシグマ0.95、インナーシグマ0.7)を用いて、パターン露光を行った。なお、レチクルとしては、ハーフピッチ48nmラインアンドスペース1:1のマスクを用いた。また、液浸液としては、超純水を用いた。
 その後、下記表6に示すPEB(Post Exposure Bake)条件でベークし、ベーク後のレジスト膜を室温まで冷却した。実施例24~25及び27~30においては、同表に示す上層膜剥離溶剤を用いて、上層膜を剥離した。
 次に、下記表6に示す第1現像液を用いて同表に示す現像時間だけ現像し、実施例33を除いて、同表に示す第1リンス液で30秒間リンスした。その後、同表に示すPB(Post Bake)条件でベークした。
 次いで、下記表6に示す第2現像液を用いて同表に示す現像時間だけ現像し、実施例10、14及び34については、同表に示す第2リンス液で30秒間リンスした。その後、同表に示すPB(Post Bake)条件でベークした。
 これにより、ハーフピッチ24nmの、ラインアンドスペースパターンを形成した(レジストパターン付き基板Wを得た)。
Next, an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA1.20, Dipole, outer sigma 0.95, inner sigma 0.7) is used for the obtained resist film (and upper layer film). Pattern exposure was performed. As the reticle, a mask with a half pitch of 48 nm line and space 1: 1 was used. Moreover, ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
Thereafter, the resist film was baked under PEB (Post Exposure Bake) conditions shown in Table 6 below, and the resist film after baking was cooled to room temperature. In Examples 24 to 25 and 27 to 30, the upper film was peeled off using the upper film peeling solvent shown in the same table.
Next, development was performed using the first developer shown in Table 6 below for the development time shown in the same table, and rinsing was performed for 30 seconds with the first rinse liquid shown in the same table except Example 33. Then, it baked on PB (Post Bake) conditions shown in the same table.
Next, development was performed using the second developer shown in Table 6 for the development time shown in the table, and Examples 10, 14, and 34 were rinsed with the second rinse solution shown in the table for 30 seconds. Then, it baked on PB (Post Bake) conditions shown in the same table.
Thereby, a line and space pattern with a half pitch of 24 nm was formed (a substrate W with a resist pattern was obtained).
 次に、図1に基づいて説明した処理装置1を使用して、得られたレジストパターン付き基板Wのレジストパターン(ラインアンドスペースパターン)に対して、プラズマ処理を施した。
 より詳細には、まず、レジストパターン付きシリコンウェハ(レジストパターン付き基板W)をチャンバ2内に搬送してステージ4上に載置した。次に、チャンバ2内を排気して減圧状態にした後、処理ガスをチャンバ2内に供給した。
 処理ガスとしては、水素ガス(H)と四フッ化炭素ガス(CF)とアルゴンガス(Ar)とを含む処理ガスを用いた。処理ガスの流量比は、H:CF:Ar=100ml/min:40ml/min:800ml/minとした。また、処理ガス供給後のチャンバ2内の圧力は、6.7Paとした。
 次に、高周波をステージ4に供給し、ステージ4とシャワーヘッド5との間に高周波を供給するとともに、直流負電圧をシャワーヘッド5に供給し、プラズマを生成させた。このとき、高周波は、第1の高周波:40MHz、第2の高周波:13MHzとした。また、高周波のパワーは、第1の高周波:300W、第2の高周波:0Wとした。また、直流負電圧は、-900Vとした。処理時間は、30minとした。
Next, plasma processing was performed on the resist pattern (line and space pattern) of the obtained substrate W with a resist pattern using the processing apparatus 1 described with reference to FIG.
More specifically, first, a silicon wafer with a resist pattern (substrate W with a resist pattern) was transferred into the chamber 2 and placed on the stage 4. Next, after the chamber 2 was evacuated to a reduced pressure state, the processing gas was supplied into the chamber 2.
As the processing gas, a processing gas containing hydrogen gas (H 2 ), carbon tetrafluoride gas (CF 4 ), and argon gas (Ar) was used. The flow rate ratio of the processing gas was H 2 : CF 4 : Ar = 100 ml / min: 40 ml / min: 800 ml / min. Moreover, the pressure in the chamber 2 after supplying the processing gas was set to 6.7 Pa.
Next, a high frequency was supplied to the stage 4, and a high frequency was supplied between the stage 4 and the shower head 5, and a negative DC voltage was supplied to the shower head 5 to generate plasma. At this time, the high frequency was set to the first high frequency: 40 MHz and the second high frequency: 13 MHz. The high frequency power was set to the first high frequency: 300 W and the second high frequency: 0 W. The negative DC voltage was −900V. The processing time was 30 minutes.
<LWR(Line Width Roughness)>
 有機系現像液を用いたネガ型現像によって形成されるスペースの線幅と、水を含む現像液を用いたポジ型現像によって形成されるスペースの線幅とが同じになる露光量を最適露光量(Eop)とし、上記Eopにて形成されたレジストパターンを測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM;日立製作所(株)CG-4100)を使用して観察した。スペースパターンの長手方向2μmの範囲について、等間隔で50点の線幅を測定し、その標準偏差から3σを算出した。結果を下記表6に示す。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
 なお、LWRは、現像後(プラズマ処理前)とプラズマ処理後において評価し、プラズマ処理によってLWRがどれだけ改良したかを示す改良率(単位:%)も評価した。
<LWR (Line Width Roughness)>
Optimum exposure amount that the line width of the space formed by negative development using an organic developer is the same as the line width of a space formed by positive development using a developer containing water (Eop), and the resist pattern formed by the above Eop was observed using a length measurement scanning electron microscope (SEM; Hitachi, Ltd., CG-4100). With respect to the range of 2 μm in the longitudinal direction of the space pattern, 50 line widths were measured at equal intervals, and 3σ was calculated from the standard deviation. The results are shown in Table 6 below. A smaller value indicates better performance.
The LWR was evaluated after development (before the plasma processing) and after the plasma processing, and the improvement rate (unit:%) indicating how much the LWR was improved by the plasma processing was also evaluated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
 上記表6中に示す下層膜は、以下のとおりである。
 SOC:Brewer社製スピンオンカーボン材料(膜厚120nm)
 SOG:Brewer社製スピンオングラス材料(膜厚30nm)
 BARC-A:Brewer社製有機系反射防止膜(膜厚80nm)
 BARC-B:日産化学製有機系反射防止膜(膜厚30nm)
 SiON:窒化酸化シリコン蒸着膜(膜厚15nm)
 SOC、SOG、BARC-A及びBARC-Bについては、回転塗布法によって塗布後、205℃で60秒間ベークすることにより形成した。
 なお、上記表6中、下層膜が複数記載されている場合は、基板に近い側から順に記載している。
The lower layer films shown in Table 6 are as follows.
SOC: Brewer spin-on carbon material (film thickness 120nm)
SOG: Brewer spin-on-glass material (film thickness 30 nm)
BARC-A: Brewer's organic antireflection film (film thickness: 80 nm)
BARC-B: Nissan Chemical Organic Antireflective Film (film thickness 30nm)
SiON: Silicon nitride oxide vapor deposition film (film thickness: 15 nm)
SOC, SOG, BARC-A and BARC-B were formed by baking at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds after coating by a spin coating method.
In Table 6, when a plurality of lower layer films are described, they are described in order from the side closer to the substrate.
 また、上記表6に示す現像液のうち、「2.38%TMAH」は「2.38質量%TMAH(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド)水溶液」を意味し、「0.24%TMAH」および「1.19%TMAH」についても同様に、「0.24質量%TMAH水溶液」および「1.19質量%TMAH水溶液」を意味する。 Of the developers shown in Table 6, “2.38% TMAH” means “2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution”, and “0.24% TMAH” and “1” .19% TMAH "means" 0.24 mass% TMAH aqueous solution "and" 1.19 mass% TMAH aqueous solution ".
 上記表6に示す結果から明らかなように、レジスト膜形成用組成物に含まれる酸分解性樹脂の重量平均分子量が5,000以上である実施例1~34は、この重量平均分子量が5,000未満である比較例1~2と比べて、プラズマ処理後のLWRがより小さいことが分かった。
 また、繰り返し単位およびその組成比が同じである酸分解性樹脂P-1~P-4を使用した実施例1~4を対比すると、酸分解性樹脂の重量平均分子量が大きいほどLWRがより良好になることが分かった。
As is apparent from the results shown in Table 6 above, Examples 1-34 in which the weight average molecular weight of the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist film forming composition is 5,000 or more have a weight average molecular weight of 5, It was found that the LWR after the plasma treatment was smaller than those of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 that were less than 000.
Further, when Examples 1 to 4 using the acid decomposable resins P-1 to P-4 having the same repeating unit and the same composition ratio are compared, the LWR is better as the weight average molecular weight of the acid decomposable resin is larger. I found out that
 次に、実施例1~6及び9~34によって得られたパターンをマスクとして、SOGとBARC-Bとの複合膜(またはSiONとBARC-Bとの複合膜)を、CF系ガス(四フッ化炭素ガスを含むガス)を用いてエッチングし、この複合膜をマスクとして、酸素ガスのプラズマを用いたプラズマエッチングにより、SOCをエッチングした。
 次に、得られたSOCパターンの膜表面に、CVD(Chemical Vapor Deposition)法によりSiO2膜を成膜した。さらにCF系ガスにより、SiO2膜をエッチングし、SiO2膜がSOCパターンの側壁部にのみ残った状態とした。
 次に酸素ガスのプラズマを用いたエッチングにより、SOCパターンを除去し、側壁部に残ったSiO2膜によるパターンを得、ハーフピッチ12nmのラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
 このパターンのLWRを上記と同様にして評価したところ、いずれの例においても、プラズマ処理後のLWRを転写した値を示し、酸分解性樹脂の重量平均分子量が大きくスムージングによるLWR改良効果が大きい例ほど、SiO2膜転写後のパターンにも効果があることが分かった。
Next, using the patterns obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and 9 to 34 as a mask, a composite film of SOG and BARC-B (or a composite film of SiON and BARC-B) is converted into a CF-based gas (four fluorine). The SOC was etched by plasma etching using oxygen gas plasma using the composite film as a mask.
Next, a SiO 2 film was formed on the surface of the obtained SOC pattern by a CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method. Furthermore the CF-based gas, a SiO 2 film was etched to a state in which the SiO 2 film remained only on the side wall portion of the SOC pattern.
Next, the SOC pattern was removed by etching using oxygen gas plasma to obtain a pattern made of the SiO 2 film remaining on the side wall, and a line and space pattern with a half pitch of 12 nm was obtained.
When the LWR of this pattern was evaluated in the same manner as described above, each example shows a value obtained by transferring the LWR after the plasma treatment, and an example in which the weight-average molecular weight of the acid-decomposable resin is large and the effect of improving the LWR by smoothing is large. It was found that the pattern after the SiO 2 film transfer is also effective.
  1 処理装置
  2 チャンバ
  3 誘電体板
  4 ステージ
  5 シャワーヘッド
  6 負電源
  7 ガス導入口
  8 ガス拡散空間
  9 ガス突出口
 10 ガス供給配管
 11 処理ガス供給系
 12 排気管
 13 排気機構
 14a 第1の高周波電源
 15a 整合器
 14b 第2の高周波電源
 15b 整合器
  W レジストパターン付き基板
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Processing apparatus 2 Chamber 3 Dielectric board 4 Stage 5 Shower head 6 Negative power supply 7 Gas introduction port 8 Gas diffusion space 9 Gas protrusion 10 Gas supply piping 11 Process gas supply system 12 Exhaust pipe 13 Exhaust mechanism 14a 1st high frequency power supply 15a Matching device 14b Second high frequency power supply 15b Matching device W Substrate with resist pattern

Claims (7)

  1.  酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する樹脂を少なくとも含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて基板上に膜を形成する工程1と、
     前記膜を露光する工程2と、
     前記露光された膜を現像して、パターンを形成する工程3と、
     前記パターンにプラズマ処理を施す工程4と、を備え、
     前記工程3が、水を含む現像液を用いて膜を現像した後、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて膜を現像してパターンを形成する工程、あるいは、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて膜を現像した後、水を含む現像液を用いて膜を現像してパターンを形成する工程であり、
     前記樹脂の重量平均分子量が5,000以上である、パターン形成方法。
    Step 1 of forming a film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least a resin having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group;
    Step 2 of exposing the film;
    Developing the exposed film to form a pattern,
    And a step 4 of performing a plasma treatment on the pattern,
    Step 3 is a step of developing a film using a developer containing water and then developing the film using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a pattern, or using a developer containing an organic solvent. After the film is developed, the film is developed using a developer containing water to form a pattern,
    The pattern formation method whose weight average molecular weights of the said resin are 5,000 or more.
  2.  前記工程4が、水素を含む処理ガスから生成したプラズマによって、前記パターンにプラズマ処理を施す工程である、請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the step 4 is a step of performing plasma processing on the pattern by plasma generated from a processing gas containing hydrogen.
  3.  前記処理ガスが、更に、アルゴンを含む、請求項2に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 2, wherein the processing gas further contains argon.
  4.  前記極性基が、カルボキシル基である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polar group is a carboxyl group.
  5.  前記樹脂が、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、前記繰り返し単位の含有量は、前記樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対して、35モル%以上である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The resin includes a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and the content of the repeating unit is 35 mol% or more based on all the repeating units of the resin. 5. The pattern forming method according to any one of 1 to 4.
  6.  前記樹脂が、更に、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、環状ケトン構造、および、環状スルホン構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern formation according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the resin further has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, a cyclic ketone structure, and a cyclic sulfone structure. Method.
  7.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
     
    An electronic device manufacturing method comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
PCT/JP2016/064620 2015-06-19 2016-05-17 Pattern forming method and electronic device production method WO2016203888A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-123904 2015-06-19
JP2015123904A JP2018128476A (en) 2015-06-19 2015-06-19 Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016203888A1 true WO2016203888A1 (en) 2016-12-22

Family

ID=57545120

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/064620 WO2016203888A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2016-05-17 Pattern forming method and electronic device production method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2018128476A (en)
TW (1) TW201704872A (en)
WO (1) WO2016203888A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110275395A (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-24 东京应化工业株式会社 Anti-corrosion agent composition and resist pattern forming method

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7270347B2 (en) * 2018-09-07 2023-05-10 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist pattern forming method

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006098421A (en) * 2003-06-10 2006-04-13 Daikin Ind Ltd Removing liquid and removing method for antireflection film and buried material containing silicon
WO2008129964A1 (en) * 2007-04-13 2008-10-30 Fujifilm Corporation Method for pattern formation, and resist composition, developing solution and rinsing liquid for use in the method for pattern formation
WO2008153110A1 (en) * 2007-06-12 2008-12-18 Fujifilm Corporation Resist composition for negative working-type development, and method for pattern formation using the resist composition
JP2009111330A (en) * 2007-10-11 2009-05-21 Tokyo Electron Ltd Substrate processing method
JP2013061616A (en) * 2011-08-19 2013-04-04 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent (el) display device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006098421A (en) * 2003-06-10 2006-04-13 Daikin Ind Ltd Removing liquid and removing method for antireflection film and buried material containing silicon
WO2008129964A1 (en) * 2007-04-13 2008-10-30 Fujifilm Corporation Method for pattern formation, and resist composition, developing solution and rinsing liquid for use in the method for pattern formation
WO2008153110A1 (en) * 2007-06-12 2008-12-18 Fujifilm Corporation Resist composition for negative working-type development, and method for pattern formation using the resist composition
JP2009111330A (en) * 2007-10-11 2009-05-21 Tokyo Electron Ltd Substrate processing method
JP2013061616A (en) * 2011-08-19 2013-04-04 Fujifilm Corp Positive photosensitive resin composition, method for forming cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent (el) display device

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110275395A (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-24 东京应化工业株式会社 Anti-corrosion agent composition and resist pattern forming method
KR20190109147A (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-25 도오꾜오까고오교 가부시끼가이샤 Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
KR102451849B1 (en) * 2018-03-16 2022-10-07 도오꾜오까고오교 가부시끼가이샤 Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201704872A (en) 2017-02-01
JP2018128476A (en) 2018-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101775396B1 (en) Pattern formation method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6126878B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and method for producing electronic device
KR101821233B1 (en) Pattern forming method, active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film
JP6205399B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20150126899A (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device and method for manufacturing same
KR101674034B1 (en) Pattern forming method, and, method for producing electronic device and electronic device, each using the same
JP6140487B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20130111534A (en) Method of forming pattern and developer for use in the method
KR101762144B1 (en) Pattern forming method, and, electronic device producing method and electronic device, each using the same
WO2014103644A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film formed using said composition, method for forming pattern using said composition, process for producing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2016006364A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2017135003A1 (en) Pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
WO2017078031A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2017110352A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method
WO2017110325A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR101943343B1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2016051985A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
JP2018128477A (en) Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2016203888A1 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device production method
JP2013190784A (en) Pattern formation method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, manufacturing method of electronic device and electronic device
JP6116358B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2016203834A1 (en) Pattern-forming method and electronic device production method
JP2013101270A (en) Method for forming pattern, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
KR20150135392A (en) Pattern-forming method, electronic device and method for producing same, and developing fluid
WO2014192768A1 (en) Pattern-forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16811363

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16811363

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1